Commit b902e07cea51e33fbe36453f7b1412dd7bbe760f
1 parent
056fbc73d5
Exists in
master
and in
50 other branches
sf: Add CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH
This config will use for defining greater than single flash support. currently - DUAL_STACKED and DUAL_PARALLEL. Signed-off-by: Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki <jaganna@xilinx.com>
Showing 4 changed files with 20 additions and 5 deletions Inline Diff
README
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 |
3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
6 | # | 6 | # |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | Summary: | 8 | Summary: |
9 | ======== | 9 | ======== |
10 | 10 | ||
11 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for | 11 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for |
12 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other | 12 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other |
13 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to | 13 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to |
14 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application | 14 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application |
15 | code. | 15 | code. |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of | 17 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of |
18 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some | 18 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some |
19 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to | 19 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to |
20 | support booting of Linux images. | 20 | support booting of Linux images. |
21 | 21 | ||
22 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily | 22 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily |
23 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are | 23 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are |
24 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to | 24 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to |
25 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used | 25 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used |
26 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can | 26 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can |
27 | load and run it dynamically. | 27 | load and run it dynamically. |
28 | 28 | ||
29 | 29 | ||
30 | Status: | 30 | Status: |
31 | ======= | 31 | ======= |
32 | 32 | ||
33 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the | 33 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the |
34 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered | 34 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered |
35 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. | 35 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. |
36 | 36 | ||
37 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out | 37 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out |
38 | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board | 38 | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board |
39 | maintainers. | 39 | maintainers. |
40 | 40 | ||
41 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; | 41 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; |
42 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: | 42 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: |
43 | 43 | ||
44 | make CHANGELOG | 44 | make CHANGELOG |
45 | 45 | ||
46 | 46 | ||
47 | Where to get help: | 47 | Where to get help: |
48 | ================== | 48 | ================== |
49 | 49 | ||
50 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for | 50 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for |
51 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at | 51 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at |
52 | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic | 52 | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic |
53 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. | 53 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. |
54 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and | 54 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and |
55 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot | 55 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot |
56 | 56 | ||
57 | 57 | ||
58 | Where to get source code: | 58 | Where to get source code: |
59 | ========================= | 59 | ========================= |
60 | 60 | ||
61 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at | 61 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at |
62 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at | 62 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at |
63 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary | 63 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary |
64 | 64 | ||
65 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of | 65 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of |
66 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also | 66 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also |
67 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ | 67 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ |
68 | directory. | 68 | directory. |
69 | 69 | ||
70 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from | 70 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from |
71 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ | 71 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ |
72 | 72 | ||
73 | 73 | ||
74 | Where we come from: | 74 | Where we come from: |
75 | =================== | 75 | =================== |
76 | 76 | ||
77 | - start from 8xxrom sources | 77 | - start from 8xxrom sources |
78 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) | 78 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) |
79 | - clean up code | 79 | - clean up code |
80 | - make it easier to add custom boards | 80 | - make it easier to add custom boards |
81 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs | 81 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs |
82 | - extend functions, especially: | 82 | - extend functions, especially: |
83 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader | 83 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader |
84 | * S-Record download | 84 | * S-Record download |
85 | * network boot | 85 | * network boot |
86 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot | 86 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot |
87 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) | 87 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) |
88 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) | 88 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) |
89 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) | 89 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) |
90 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot | 90 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot |
91 | 91 | ||
92 | 92 | ||
93 | Names and Spelling: | 93 | Names and Spelling: |
94 | =================== | 94 | =================== |
95 | 95 | ||
96 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling | 96 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling |
97 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments | 97 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments |
98 | in source files etc.). Example: | 98 | in source files etc.). Example: |
99 | 99 | ||
100 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. | 100 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. |
101 | 101 | ||
102 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: | 102 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: |
103 | 103 | ||
104 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h | 104 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h |
105 | 105 | ||
106 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> | 106 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> |
107 | 107 | ||
108 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on | 108 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on |
109 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: | 109 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: |
110 | 110 | ||
111 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo | 111 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo |
112 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start | 112 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start |
113 | 113 | ||
114 | 114 | ||
115 | Versioning: | 115 | Versioning: |
116 | =========== | 116 | =========== |
117 | 117 | ||
118 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases | 118 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases |
119 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning | 119 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning |
120 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by | 120 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by |
121 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. | 121 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. |
122 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix | 122 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix |
123 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. | 123 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. |
124 | 124 | ||
125 | Examples: | 125 | Examples: |
126 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 | 126 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 |
127 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree | 127 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree |
128 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release | 128 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release |
129 | 129 | ||
130 | 130 | ||
131 | Directory Hierarchy: | 131 | Directory Hierarchy: |
132 | ==================== | 132 | ==================== |
133 | 133 | ||
134 | /arch Architecture specific files | 134 | /arch Architecture specific files |
135 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture | 135 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture |
136 | /cpu CPU specific files | 136 | /cpu CPU specific files |
137 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs | 137 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs |
138 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs | 138 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs |
139 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU | 139 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU |
140 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs | 140 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs |
141 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs | 141 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs |
142 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs | 142 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs |
143 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs | 143 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs |
144 | /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs | 144 | /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs |
145 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs | 145 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs |
146 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs | 146 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs |
147 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 147 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
148 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture | 148 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture |
149 | /cpu CPU specific files | 149 | /cpu CPU specific files |
150 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 150 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
151 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture | 151 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture |
152 | /cpu CPU specific files | 152 | /cpu CPU specific files |
153 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 153 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
154 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture | 154 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture |
155 | /cpu CPU specific files | 155 | /cpu CPU specific files |
156 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs | 156 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs |
157 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs | 157 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs |
158 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs | 158 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs |
159 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs | 159 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs |
160 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs | 160 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs |
161 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 161 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
162 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture | 162 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture |
163 | /cpu CPU specific files | 163 | /cpu CPU specific files |
164 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 164 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
165 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture | 165 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture |
166 | /cpu CPU specific files | 166 | /cpu CPU specific files |
167 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs | 167 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs |
168 | /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs | 168 | /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs |
169 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 169 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
170 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture | 170 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture |
171 | /cpu CPU specific files | 171 | /cpu CPU specific files |
172 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs | 172 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs |
173 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 173 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
174 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture | 174 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture |
175 | /cpu CPU specific files | 175 | /cpu CPU specific files |
176 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 176 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
177 | /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture | 177 | /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture |
178 | /cpu CPU specific files | 178 | /cpu CPU specific files |
179 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 179 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
180 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture | 180 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture |
181 | /cpu CPU specific files | 181 | /cpu CPU specific files |
182 | /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs | 182 | /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs |
183 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs | 183 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs |
184 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs | 184 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs |
185 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs | 185 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs |
186 | /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs | 186 | /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs |
187 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs | 187 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs |
188 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs | 188 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs |
189 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs | 189 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs |
190 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 190 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
191 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture | 191 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture |
192 | /cpu CPU specific files | 192 | /cpu CPU specific files |
193 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs | 193 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs |
194 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs | 194 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs |
195 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs | 195 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs |
196 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 196 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
197 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture | 197 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture |
198 | /cpu CPU specific files | 198 | /cpu CPU specific files |
199 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU | 199 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU |
200 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU | 200 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU |
201 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 201 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
202 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture | 202 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture |
203 | /cpu CPU specific files | 203 | /cpu CPU specific files |
204 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 204 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
205 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps | 205 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps |
206 | /board Board dependent files | 206 | /board Board dependent files |
207 | /common Misc architecture independent functions | 207 | /common Misc architecture independent functions |
208 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling | 208 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling |
209 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) | 209 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) |
210 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers | 210 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers |
211 | /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. | 211 | /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. |
212 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. | 212 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. |
213 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) | 213 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) |
214 | /include Header Files | 214 | /include Header Files |
215 | /lib Files generic to all architectures | 215 | /lib Files generic to all architectures |
216 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees | 216 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees |
217 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression | 217 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression |
218 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression | 218 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression |
219 | /net Networking code | 219 | /net Networking code |
220 | /post Power On Self Test | 220 | /post Power On Self Test |
221 | /spl Secondary Program Loader framework | 221 | /spl Secondary Program Loader framework |
222 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. | 222 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. |
223 | 223 | ||
224 | Software Configuration: | 224 | Software Configuration: |
225 | ======================= | 225 | ======================= |
226 | 226 | ||
227 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the | 227 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the |
228 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. | 228 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. |
229 | 229 | ||
230 | There are two classes of configuration variables: | 230 | There are two classes of configuration variables: |
231 | 231 | ||
232 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: | 232 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: |
233 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with | 233 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with |
234 | "CONFIG_". | 234 | "CONFIG_". |
235 | 235 | ||
236 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: | 236 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: |
237 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if | 237 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if |
238 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with | 238 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with |
239 | "CONFIG_SYS_". | 239 | "CONFIG_SYS_". |
240 | 240 | ||
241 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even | 241 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even |
242 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to | 242 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to |
243 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic | 243 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic |
244 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards | 244 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards |
245 | as an example here. | 245 | as an example here. |
246 | 246 | ||
247 | 247 | ||
248 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: | 248 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: |
249 | --------------------------------------------------- | 249 | --------------------------------------------------- |
250 | 250 | ||
251 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default | 251 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default |
252 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". | 252 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". |
253 | 253 | ||
254 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: | 254 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: |
255 | 255 | ||
256 | cd u-boot | 256 | cd u-boot |
257 | make TQM823L_config | 257 | make TQM823L_config |
258 | 258 | ||
259 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; | 259 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; |
260 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent | 260 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent |
261 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. | 261 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. |
262 | 262 | ||
263 | 263 | ||
264 | Configuration Options: | 264 | Configuration Options: |
265 | ---------------------- | 265 | ---------------------- |
266 | 266 | ||
267 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all | 267 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all |
268 | such information is kept in a configuration file | 268 | such information is kept in a configuration file |
269 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". | 269 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". |
270 | 270 | ||
271 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in | 271 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in |
272 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". | 272 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". |
273 | 273 | ||
274 | 274 | ||
275 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux | 275 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux |
276 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to | 276 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to |
277 | build a config tool - later. | 277 | build a config tool - later. |
278 | 278 | ||
279 | 279 | ||
280 | The following options need to be configured: | 280 | The following options need to be configured: |
281 | 281 | ||
282 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. | 282 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. |
283 | 283 | ||
284 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. | 284 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. |
285 | 285 | ||
286 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) | 286 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) |
287 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 | 287 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 |
288 | 288 | ||
289 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 289 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
290 | Define exactly one of | 290 | Define exactly one of |
291 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD | 291 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD |
292 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: | 292 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: |
293 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, | 293 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, |
294 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 | 294 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 |
295 | 295 | ||
296 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 296 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
297 | Define exactly one of | 297 | Define exactly one of |
298 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 | 298 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 |
299 | 299 | ||
300 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 300 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
301 | Define one or more of | 301 | Define one or more of |
302 | CONFIG_CMA302 | 302 | CONFIG_CMA302 |
303 | 303 | ||
304 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) | 304 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) |
305 | Define one or more of | 305 | Define one or more of |
306 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on | 306 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on |
307 | the LCD display every second with | 307 | the LCD display every second with |
308 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ | 308 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ |
309 | 309 | ||
310 | - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) | 310 | - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) |
311 | CONFIG_ADSTYPE | 311 | CONFIG_ADSTYPE |
312 | Possible values are: | 312 | Possible values are: |
313 | CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS | 313 | CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS |
314 | CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS | 314 | CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS |
315 | CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR | 315 | CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR |
316 | CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS | 316 | CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS |
317 | 317 | ||
318 | - Marvell Family Member | 318 | - Marvell Family Member |
319 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable | 319 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable |
320 | multiple fs option at one time | 320 | multiple fs option at one time |
321 | for marvell soc family | 321 | for marvell soc family |
322 | 322 | ||
323 | - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) | 323 | - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) |
324 | Define exactly one of | 324 | Define exactly one of |
325 | CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 | 325 | CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 |
326 | 326 | ||
327 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) | 327 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) |
328 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if | 328 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if |
329 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work | 329 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work |
330 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz | 330 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz |
331 | reference PIT/RTC clock | 331 | reference PIT/RTC clock |
332 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK | 332 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK |
333 | or XTAL/EXTAL) | 333 | or XTAL/EXTAL) |
334 | 334 | ||
335 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): | 335 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): |
336 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN | 336 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN |
337 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX | 337 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX |
338 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT | 338 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT |
339 | See doc/README.MPC866 | 339 | See doc/README.MPC866 |
340 | 340 | ||
341 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK | 341 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK |
342 | 342 | ||
343 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead | 343 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead |
344 | of relying on the correctness of the configured | 344 | of relying on the correctness of the configured |
345 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure | 345 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure |
346 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note | 346 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note |
347 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz | 347 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz |
348 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) | 348 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) |
349 | 349 | ||
350 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE | 350 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE |
351 | 351 | ||
352 | Define this option if you want to enable the | 352 | Define this option if you want to enable the |
353 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. | 353 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. |
354 | 354 | ||
355 | - 85xx CPU Options: | 355 | - 85xx CPU Options: |
356 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 | 356 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 |
357 | 357 | ||
358 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements | 358 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements |
359 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR | 359 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR |
360 | compliance, among other possible reasons. | 360 | compliance, among other possible reasons. |
361 | 361 | ||
362 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV | 362 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV |
363 | 363 | ||
364 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the | 364 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the |
365 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ | 365 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ |
366 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. | 366 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. |
367 | 367 | ||
368 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT | 368 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT |
369 | 369 | ||
370 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device | 370 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device |
371 | tree nodes for the given platform. | 371 | tree nodes for the given platform. |
372 | 372 | ||
373 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB | 373 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB |
374 | 374 | ||
375 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work | 375 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work |
376 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger | 376 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger |
377 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where | 377 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where |
378 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this | 378 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this |
379 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this | 379 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this |
380 | purpose. | 380 | purpose. |
381 | 381 | ||
382 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 | 382 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 |
383 | 383 | ||
384 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, | 384 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, |
385 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and | 385 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and |
386 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. | 386 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. |
387 | 387 | ||
388 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV | 388 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV |
389 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) | 389 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) |
390 | 390 | ||
391 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) | 391 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) |
392 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. | 392 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. |
393 | 393 | ||
394 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision | 394 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision |
395 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus | 395 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus |
396 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls | 396 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls |
397 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. | 397 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. |
398 | 398 | ||
399 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about | 399 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about |
400 | this erratum. | 400 | this erratum. |
401 | 401 | ||
402 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND | 402 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND |
403 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only | 403 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only |
404 | requred during NOR boot. | 404 | requred during NOR boot. |
405 | 405 | ||
406 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY | 406 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY |
407 | 407 | ||
408 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 | 408 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 |
409 | according to the A004510 workaround. | 409 | according to the A004510 workaround. |
410 | 410 | ||
411 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR | 411 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR |
412 | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is | 412 | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is |
413 | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. | 413 | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. |
414 | 414 | ||
415 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR | 415 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR |
416 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory | 416 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory |
417 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. | 417 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. |
418 | 418 | ||
419 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR | 419 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR |
420 | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly | 420 | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly |
421 | connected to the DSP core. | 421 | connected to the DSP core. |
422 | 422 | ||
423 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT | 423 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT |
424 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. | 424 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. |
425 | 425 | ||
426 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK | 426 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK |
427 | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. | 427 | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. |
428 | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply | 428 | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply |
429 | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. | 429 | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. |
430 | 430 | ||
431 | - Generic CPU options: | 431 | - Generic CPU options: |
432 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN | 432 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN |
433 | 433 | ||
434 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those | 434 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those |
435 | values is arch specific. | 435 | values is arch specific. |
436 | 436 | ||
437 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR | 437 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR |
438 | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is | 438 | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is |
439 | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core | 439 | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core |
440 | SoCs. | 440 | SoCs. |
441 | 441 | ||
442 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR | 442 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR |
443 | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. | 443 | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. |
444 | 444 | ||
445 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU | 445 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU |
446 | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as | 446 | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as |
447 | deskew training are not available. | 447 | deskew training are not available. |
448 | 448 | ||
449 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 | 449 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 |
450 | Freescale DDR1 controller. | 450 | Freescale DDR1 controller. |
451 | 451 | ||
452 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 | 452 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 |
453 | Freescale DDR2 controller. | 453 | Freescale DDR2 controller. |
454 | 454 | ||
455 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 | 455 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 |
456 | Freescale DDR3 controller. | 456 | Freescale DDR3 controller. |
457 | 457 | ||
458 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 | 458 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 |
459 | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. | 459 | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. |
460 | 460 | ||
461 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 | 461 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 |
462 | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 462 | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
463 | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board | 463 | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board |
464 | implemetation. | 464 | implemetation. |
465 | 465 | ||
466 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 | 466 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 |
467 | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with | 467 | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with |
468 | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board | 468 | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board |
469 | implementation. | 469 | implementation. |
470 | 470 | ||
471 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 | 471 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 |
472 | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 472 | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
473 | Freescale DDR3 controllers. | 473 | Freescale DDR3 controllers. |
474 | 474 | ||
475 | - Intel Monahans options: | 475 | - Intel Monahans options: |
476 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO | 476 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO |
477 | 477 | ||
478 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator | 478 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator |
479 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core | 479 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core |
480 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. | 480 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. |
481 | 481 | ||
482 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO | 482 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO |
483 | 483 | ||
484 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator | 484 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator |
485 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and | 485 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and |
486 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied | 486 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied |
487 | by this value. | 487 | by this value. |
488 | 488 | ||
489 | - MIPS CPU options: | 489 | - MIPS CPU options: |
490 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET | 490 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET |
491 | 491 | ||
492 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack | 492 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack |
493 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before | 493 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before |
494 | relocation. | 494 | relocation. |
495 | 495 | ||
496 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE | 496 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE |
497 | 497 | ||
498 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. | 498 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. |
499 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. | 499 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. |
500 | Possible values are: | 500 | Possible values are: |
501 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA | 501 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA |
502 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA | 502 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA |
503 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED | 503 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED |
504 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT | 504 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT |
505 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE | 505 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE |
506 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW | 506 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW |
507 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW | 507 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW |
508 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED | 508 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED |
509 | 509 | ||
510 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG | 510 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG |
511 | 511 | ||
512 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. | 512 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. |
513 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. | 513 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. |
514 | 514 | ||
515 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES | 515 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES |
516 | 516 | ||
517 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq | 517 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq |
518 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to | 518 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to |
519 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. | 519 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. |
520 | 520 | ||
521 | - ARM options: | 521 | - ARM options: |
522 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH | 522 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH |
523 | 523 | ||
524 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not | 524 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not |
525 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. | 525 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. |
526 | 526 | ||
527 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD | 527 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD |
528 | 528 | ||
529 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction | 529 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction |
530 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides | 530 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides |
531 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support | 531 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support |
532 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by | 532 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by |
533 | GCC. | 533 | GCC. |
534 | 534 | ||
535 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 | 535 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 |
536 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 | 536 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 |
537 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 | 537 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 |
538 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 | 538 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 |
539 | 539 | ||
540 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early | 540 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early |
541 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the | 541 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the |
542 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection | 542 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection |
543 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not | 543 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not |
544 | set these options unless they apply! | 544 | set these options unless they apply! |
545 | 545 | ||
546 | - CPU timer options: | 546 | - CPU timer options: |
547 | CONFIG_SYS_HZ | 547 | CONFIG_SYS_HZ |
548 | 548 | ||
549 | The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). | 549 | The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). |
550 | get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG | 550 | get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG |
551 | option must be set to 1000. | 551 | option must be set to 1000. |
552 | 552 | ||
553 | - Linux Kernel Interface: | 553 | - Linux Kernel Interface: |
554 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ | 554 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ |
555 | 555 | ||
556 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz | 556 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz |
557 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux | 557 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux |
558 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the | 558 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the |
559 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable | 559 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable |
560 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot | 560 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot |
561 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the | 561 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the |
562 | Linux kernel. | 562 | Linux kernel. |
563 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of | 563 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of |
564 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the | 564 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the |
565 | default environment. | 565 | default environment. |
566 | 566 | ||
567 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] | 567 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] |
568 | 568 | ||
569 | When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions | 569 | When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions |
570 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. | 570 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. |
571 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. | 571 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. |
572 | 572 | ||
573 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 573 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
574 | 574 | ||
575 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be | 575 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be |
576 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware | 576 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware |
577 | concepts). | 577 | concepts). |
578 | 578 | ||
579 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 579 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
580 | * New libfdt-based support | 580 | * New libfdt-based support |
581 | * Adds the "fdt" command | 581 | * Adds the "fdt" command |
582 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt | 582 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt |
583 | 583 | ||
584 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for | 584 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for |
585 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 585 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). |
586 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for | 586 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for |
587 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 587 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). |
588 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. | 588 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. |
589 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device | 589 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device |
590 | 590 | ||
591 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC | 591 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC |
592 | addresses | 592 | addresses |
593 | 593 | ||
594 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP | 594 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP |
595 | 595 | ||
596 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make | 596 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make |
597 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel | 597 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel |
598 | 598 | ||
599 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU | 599 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU |
600 | 600 | ||
601 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot | 601 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot |
602 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. | 602 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. |
603 | 603 | ||
604 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP | 604 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP |
605 | 605 | ||
606 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. | 606 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. |
607 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot | 607 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot |
608 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, | 608 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, |
609 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and | 609 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and |
610 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where | 610 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where |
611 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. | 611 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. |
612 | 612 | ||
613 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] | 613 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] |
614 | 614 | ||
615 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one | 615 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one |
616 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type | 616 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type |
617 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry | 617 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry |
618 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). | 618 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). |
619 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported | 619 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported |
620 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is | 620 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is |
621 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. | 621 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. |
622 | 622 | ||
623 | - vxWorks boot parameters: | 623 | - vxWorks boot parameters: |
624 | 624 | ||
625 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following | 625 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following |
626 | environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. | 626 | environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. |
627 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. | 627 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. |
628 | 628 | ||
629 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name | 629 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name |
630 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address | 630 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address |
631 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server | 631 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server |
632 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters | 632 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters |
633 | 633 | ||
634 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS | 634 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS |
635 | 635 | ||
636 | Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" | 636 | Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" |
637 | 637 | ||
638 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride | 638 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride |
639 | the defaults discussed just above. | 639 | the defaults discussed just above. |
640 | 640 | ||
641 | - Cache Configuration: | 641 | - Cache Configuration: |
642 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot | 642 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot |
643 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot | 643 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot |
644 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot | 644 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot |
645 | 645 | ||
646 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: | 646 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: |
647 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache | 647 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache |
648 | controller | 648 | controller |
649 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 | 649 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 |
650 | controller register space | 650 | controller register space |
651 | 651 | ||
652 | - Serial Ports: | 652 | - Serial Ports: |
653 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL | 653 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL |
654 | 654 | ||
655 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. | 655 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. |
656 | 656 | ||
657 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL | 657 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL |
658 | 658 | ||
659 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. | 659 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. |
660 | 660 | ||
661 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK | 661 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK |
662 | 662 | ||
663 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to | 663 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to |
664 | the clock speed of the UARTs. | 664 | the clock speed of the UARTs. |
665 | 665 | ||
666 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS | 666 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS |
667 | 667 | ||
668 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, | 668 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, |
669 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) | 669 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) |
670 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h | 670 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h |
671 | 671 | ||
672 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR | 672 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR |
673 | 673 | ||
674 | Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) | 674 | Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) |
675 | have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set | 675 | have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set |
676 | this variable to initialize the extra register. | 676 | this variable to initialize the extra register. |
677 | 677 | ||
678 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT | 678 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT |
679 | 679 | ||
680 | On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage | 680 | On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage |
681 | boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this | 681 | boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this |
682 | variable to flush the UART at init time. | 682 | variable to flush the UART at init time. |
683 | 683 | ||
684 | 684 | ||
685 | - Console Interface: | 685 | - Console Interface: |
686 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port | 686 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port |
687 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, | 687 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, |
688 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial | 688 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial |
689 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE | 689 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE |
690 | 690 | ||
691 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial | 691 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial |
692 | port routines must be defined elsewhere | 692 | port routines must be defined elsewhere |
693 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) | 693 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) |
694 | 694 | ||
695 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 695 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE |
696 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following | 696 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following |
697 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) | 697 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) |
698 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation | 698 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation |
699 | (default big endian) | 699 | (default big endian) |
700 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports | 700 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports |
701 | rectangle fill | 701 | rectangle fill |
702 | (cf. smiLynxEM) | 702 | (cf. smiLynxEM) |
703 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports | 703 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports |
704 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) | 704 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) |
705 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns | 705 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns |
706 | (cols=pitch) | 706 | (cols=pitch) |
707 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows | 707 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows |
708 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel | 708 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel |
709 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format | 709 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format |
710 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) | 710 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) |
711 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address | 711 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address |
712 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct | 712 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct |
713 | (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) | 713 | (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) |
714 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct | 714 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct |
715 | (i.e. i8042_tstc) | 715 | (i.e. i8042_tstc) |
716 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct | 716 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct |
717 | (i.e. i8042_getc) | 717 | (i.e. i8042_getc) |
718 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off | 718 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off |
719 | (requires blink timer | 719 | (requires blink timer |
720 | cf. i8042.c) | 720 | cf. i8042.c) |
721 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) | 721 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) |
722 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in | 722 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in |
723 | upper right corner | 723 | upper right corner |
724 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) | 724 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) |
725 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in | 725 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in |
726 | upper left corner | 726 | upper left corner |
727 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of | 727 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of |
728 | linux_logo.h for logo. | 728 | linux_logo.h for logo. |
729 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 729 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO |
730 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO | 730 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO |
731 | additional board info beside | 731 | additional board info beside |
732 | the logo | 732 | the logo |
733 | 733 | ||
734 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support | 734 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support |
735 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, | 735 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, |
736 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). | 736 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). |
737 | 737 | ||
738 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is | 738 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is |
739 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with | 739 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with |
740 | environment 'console=serial'. | 740 | environment 'console=serial'. |
741 | 741 | ||
742 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console | 742 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console |
743 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with | 743 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with |
744 | the "silent" environment variable. See | 744 | the "silent" environment variable. See |
745 | doc/README.silent for more information. | 745 | doc/README.silent for more information. |
746 | 746 | ||
747 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default | 747 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default |
748 | is 0x00. | 748 | is 0x00. |
749 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default | 749 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default |
750 | is 0xa0. | 750 | is 0xa0. |
751 | 751 | ||
752 | - Console Baudrate: | 752 | - Console Baudrate: |
753 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps | 753 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps |
754 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 754 | Select one of the baudrates listed in |
755 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 755 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
756 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale | 756 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale |
757 | 757 | ||
758 | - Console Rx buffer length | 758 | - Console Rx buffer length |
759 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define | 759 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define |
760 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. | 760 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. |
761 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. | 761 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. |
762 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE | 762 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE |
763 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for | 763 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for |
764 | the SMC. | 764 | the SMC. |
765 | 765 | ||
766 | - Pre-Console Buffer: | 766 | - Pre-Console Buffer: |
767 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART | 767 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART |
768 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. | 768 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. |
769 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to | 769 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to |
770 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being | 770 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being |
771 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 771 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ |
772 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is | 772 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is |
773 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 773 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ |
774 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the | 774 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the |
775 | earlier bytes are discarded. | 775 | earlier bytes are discarded. |
776 | 776 | ||
777 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if | 777 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if |
778 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 | 778 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 |
779 | 779 | ||
780 | - Safe printf() functions | 780 | - Safe printf() functions |
781 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of | 781 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of |
782 | the printf() functions. These are defined in | 782 | the printf() functions. These are defined in |
783 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and | 783 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and |
784 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. | 784 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. |
785 | If this option is not given then these functions will | 785 | If this option is not given then these functions will |
786 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means | 786 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means |
787 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. | 787 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. |
788 | 788 | ||
789 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds | 789 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds |
790 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; | 790 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; |
791 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. | 791 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. |
792 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort | 792 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort |
793 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). | 793 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). |
794 | 794 | ||
795 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that | 795 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that |
796 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. | 796 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. |
797 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 797 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
798 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN | 798 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN |
799 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED | 799 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED |
800 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT | 800 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT |
801 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 801 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
802 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 802 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
803 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 | 803 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 |
804 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 | 804 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 |
805 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK | 805 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK |
806 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY | 806 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY |
807 | 807 | ||
808 | - Autoboot Command: | 808 | - Autoboot Command: |
809 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 809 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
810 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; | 810 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; |
811 | define a command string that is automatically executed | 811 | define a command string that is automatically executed |
812 | when no character is read on the console interface | 812 | when no character is read on the console interface |
813 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. | 813 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. |
814 | 814 | ||
815 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS | 815 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS |
816 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm | 816 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm |
817 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the | 817 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the |
818 | environment value "bootargs". | 818 | environment value "bootargs". |
819 | 819 | ||
820 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT | 820 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT |
821 | The value of these goes into the environment as | 821 | The value of these goes into the environment as |
822 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used | 822 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used |
823 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from | 823 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from |
824 | RAM and NFS. | 824 | RAM and NFS. |
825 | 825 | ||
826 | - Bootcount: | 826 | - Bootcount: |
827 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT | 827 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT |
828 | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot | 828 | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot |
829 | cycle, see: | 829 | cycle, see: |
830 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit | 830 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit |
831 | 831 | ||
832 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV | 832 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV |
833 | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware | 833 | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware |
834 | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a | 834 | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a |
835 | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable | 835 | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable |
836 | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is | 836 | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is |
837 | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is | 837 | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is |
838 | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. | 838 | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. |
839 | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" | 839 | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" |
840 | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. | 840 | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. |
841 | 841 | ||
842 | - Pre-Boot Commands: | 842 | - Pre-Boot Commands: |
843 | CONFIG_PREBOOT | 843 | CONFIG_PREBOOT |
844 | 844 | ||
845 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the | 845 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the |
846 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked | 846 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked |
847 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 847 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
848 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. | 848 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. |
849 | entering interactive mode. | 849 | entering interactive mode. |
850 | 850 | ||
851 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is | 851 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is |
852 | automatically generated or modified. For an example | 852 | automatically generated or modified. For an example |
853 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is | 853 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is |
854 | modified when the user holds down a certain | 854 | modified when the user holds down a certain |
855 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when | 855 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when |
856 | booting the systems | 856 | booting the systems |
857 | 857 | ||
858 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: | 858 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: |
859 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 859 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
860 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a | 860 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a |
861 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are | 861 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are |
862 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal | 862 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal |
863 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take | 863 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take |
864 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial | 864 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial |
865 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. | 865 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. |
866 | 866 | ||
867 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) | 867 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) |
868 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE | 868 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE |
869 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 869 | Select one of the baudrates listed in |
870 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 870 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
871 | 871 | ||
872 | - Monitor Functions: | 872 | - Monitor Functions: |
873 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded | 873 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded |
874 | from the build by using the #include files | 874 | from the build by using the #include files |
875 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted | 875 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted |
876 | commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> | 876 | commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> |
877 | and augmenting with additional #define's | 877 | and augmenting with additional #define's |
878 | for wanted commands. | 878 | for wanted commands. |
879 | 879 | ||
880 | The default command configuration includes all commands | 880 | The default command configuration includes all commands |
881 | except those marked below with a "*". | 881 | except those marked below with a "*". |
882 | 882 | ||
883 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable | 883 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable |
884 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo | 884 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo |
885 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger | 885 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger |
886 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support | 886 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support |
887 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands | 887 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands |
888 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd | 888 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd |
889 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache | 889 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache |
890 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo | 890 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo |
891 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 | 891 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 |
892 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... | 892 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... |
893 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support | 893 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support |
894 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics | 894 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics |
895 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands | 895 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands |
896 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command | 896 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command |
897 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd | 897 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd |
898 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command | 898 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command |
899 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat | 899 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat |
900 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments | 900 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments |
901 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable | 901 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable |
902 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support | 902 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support |
903 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx | 903 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx |
904 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks | 904 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks |
905 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags | 905 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags |
906 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable | 906 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable |
907 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment | 907 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment |
908 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support | 908 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support |
909 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support | 909 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support |
910 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv | 910 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv |
911 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support | 911 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support |
912 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support | 912 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support |
913 | CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support | 913 | CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support |
914 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect | 914 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect |
915 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support | 915 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support |
916 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support | 916 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support |
917 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot | 917 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot |
918 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) | 918 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) |
919 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment | 919 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment |
920 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest | 920 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest |
921 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control | 921 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control |
922 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support | 922 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support |
923 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support | 923 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support |
924 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo | 924 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo |
925 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash | 925 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash |
926 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash | 926 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash |
927 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support | 927 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support |
928 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment | 928 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment |
929 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env | 929 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env |
930 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo | 930 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo |
931 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values | 931 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values |
932 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support | 932 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support |
933 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb | 933 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb |
934 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) | 934 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) |
935 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration | 935 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration |
936 | (169.254.*.*) | 936 | (169.254.*.*) |
937 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb | 937 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb |
938 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads | 938 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads |
939 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest | 939 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest |
940 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) | 940 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) |
941 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information | 941 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information |
942 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, | 942 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, |
943 | loop, loopw | 943 | loop, loopw |
944 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest | 944 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest |
945 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc | 945 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc |
946 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support | 946 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support |
947 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands | 947 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands |
948 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support | 948 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support |
949 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support | 949 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support |
950 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot | 950 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot |
951 | CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support | 951 | CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support |
952 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands | 952 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands |
953 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command | 953 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command |
954 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo | 954 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo |
955 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support | 955 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support |
956 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network | 956 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network |
957 | host | 957 | host |
958 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O | 958 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O |
959 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition | 959 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition |
960 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump | 960 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump |
961 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable | 961 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable |
962 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features | 962 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features |
963 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump | 963 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump |
964 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support | 964 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support |
965 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information | 965 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information |
966 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) | 966 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) |
967 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access | 967 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access |
968 | (4xx only) | 968 | (4xx only) |
969 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash | 969 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash |
970 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest | 970 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest |
971 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) | 971 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) |
972 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x | 972 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x |
973 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support | 973 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support |
974 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support | 974 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support |
975 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode | 975 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode |
976 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) | 976 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) |
977 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) | 977 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) |
978 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer | 978 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer |
979 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support | 979 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support |
980 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support | 980 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support |
981 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support | 981 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support |
982 | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image | 982 | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image |
983 | 983 | ||
984 | 984 | ||
985 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network | 985 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network |
986 | support you can write: | 986 | support you can write: |
987 | 987 | ||
988 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" | 988 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" |
989 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET | 989 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET |
990 | 990 | ||
991 | Other Commands: | 991 | Other Commands: |
992 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 992 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
993 | 993 | ||
994 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands | 994 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands |
995 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know | 995 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know |
996 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data | 996 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data |
997 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or | 997 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or |
998 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be | 998 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be |
999 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other | 999 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other |
1000 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an | 1000 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an |
1001 | initial stack and some data. | 1001 | initial stack and some data. |
1002 | 1002 | ||
1003 | 1003 | ||
1004 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! | 1004 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! |
1005 | 1005 | ||
1006 | - Regular expression support: | 1006 | - Regular expression support: |
1007 | CONFIG_REGEX | 1007 | CONFIG_REGEX |
1008 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against | 1008 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against |
1009 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, | 1009 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, |
1010 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for | 1010 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for |
1011 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". | 1011 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". |
1012 | 1012 | ||
1013 | - Device tree: | 1013 | - Device tree: |
1014 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 1014 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
1015 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree | 1015 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree |
1016 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically | 1016 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically |
1017 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is | 1017 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is |
1018 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device | 1018 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device |
1019 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. | 1019 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. |
1020 | 1020 | ||
1021 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can | 1021 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can |
1022 | be done using one of the two options below: | 1022 | be done using one of the two options below: |
1023 | 1023 | ||
1024 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED | 1024 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED |
1025 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree | 1025 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree |
1026 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the | 1026 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the |
1027 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file | 1027 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file |
1028 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through | 1028 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through |
1029 | the global data structure as gd->blob. | 1029 | the global data structure as gd->blob. |
1030 | 1030 | ||
1031 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE | 1031 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE |
1032 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree | 1032 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree |
1033 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific | 1033 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific |
1034 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: | 1034 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: |
1035 | 1035 | ||
1036 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin | 1036 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin |
1037 | 1037 | ||
1038 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called | 1038 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called |
1039 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can | 1039 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can |
1040 | still use the individual files if you need something more | 1040 | still use the individual files if you need something more |
1041 | exotic. | 1041 | exotic. |
1042 | 1042 | ||
1043 | - Watchdog: | 1043 | - Watchdog: |
1044 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG | 1044 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG |
1045 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog | 1045 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog |
1046 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC | 1046 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC |
1047 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 | 1047 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 |
1048 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR | 1048 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR |
1049 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is | 1049 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is |
1050 | available, then no further board specific code should | 1050 | available, then no further board specific code should |
1051 | be needed to use it. | 1051 | be needed to use it. |
1052 | 1052 | ||
1053 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG | 1053 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG |
1054 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used | 1054 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used |
1055 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board | 1055 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board |
1056 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. | 1056 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. |
1057 | 1057 | ||
1058 | - U-Boot Version: | 1058 | - U-Boot Version: |
1059 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE | 1059 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE |
1060 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable | 1060 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable |
1061 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot | 1061 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot |
1062 | version as printed by the "version" command. | 1062 | version as printed by the "version" command. |
1063 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the | 1063 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the |
1064 | next reset. | 1064 | next reset. |
1065 | 1065 | ||
1066 | - Real-Time Clock: | 1066 | - Real-Time Clock: |
1067 | 1067 | ||
1068 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC | 1068 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC |
1069 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the | 1069 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the |
1070 | following options: | 1070 | following options: |
1071 | 1071 | ||
1072 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx | 1072 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx |
1073 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC | 1073 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC |
1074 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC | 1074 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC |
1075 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC | 1075 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC |
1076 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC | 1076 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC |
1077 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC | 1077 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC |
1078 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC | 1078 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC |
1079 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC | 1079 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC |
1080 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC | 1080 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC |
1081 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC | 1081 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC |
1082 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 | 1082 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 |
1083 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on | 1083 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on |
1084 | RV3029 RTC. | 1084 | RV3029 RTC. |
1085 | 1085 | ||
1086 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 1086 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1087 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 1087 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. |
1088 | 1088 | ||
1089 | - GPIO Support: | 1089 | - GPIO Support: |
1090 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO | 1090 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO |
1091 | 1091 | ||
1092 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of | 1092 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of |
1093 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of | 1093 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of |
1094 | pins supported by a particular chip. | 1094 | pins supported by a particular chip. |
1095 | 1095 | ||
1096 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 1096 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1097 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 1097 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. |
1098 | 1098 | ||
1099 | - Timestamp Support: | 1099 | - Timestamp Support: |
1100 | 1100 | ||
1101 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp | 1101 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp |
1102 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image | 1102 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image |
1103 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is | 1103 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is |
1104 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . | 1104 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . |
1105 | 1105 | ||
1106 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: | 1106 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: |
1107 | Zero or more of the following: | 1107 | Zero or more of the following: |
1108 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. | 1108 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. |
1109 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the | 1109 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the |
1110 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. | 1110 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. |
1111 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. | 1111 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. |
1112 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the | 1112 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the |
1113 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see | 1113 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see |
1114 | disk/part_efi.c | 1114 | disk/part_efi.c |
1115 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. | 1115 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. |
1116 | 1116 | ||
1117 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or | 1117 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or |
1118 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at | 1118 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at |
1119 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. | 1119 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. |
1120 | 1120 | ||
1121 | - IDE Reset method: | 1121 | - IDE Reset method: |
1122 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several | 1122 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several |
1123 | board configurations files but used nowhere! | 1123 | board configurations files but used nowhere! |
1124 | 1124 | ||
1125 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will | 1125 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will |
1126 | be performed by calling the function | 1126 | be performed by calling the function |
1127 | ide_set_reset(int reset) | 1127 | ide_set_reset(int reset) |
1128 | which has to be defined in a board specific file | 1128 | which has to be defined in a board specific file |
1129 | 1129 | ||
1130 | - ATAPI Support: | 1130 | - ATAPI Support: |
1131 | CONFIG_ATAPI | 1131 | CONFIG_ATAPI |
1132 | 1132 | ||
1133 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. | 1133 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. |
1134 | 1134 | ||
1135 | - LBA48 Support | 1135 | - LBA48 Support |
1136 | CONFIG_LBA48 | 1136 | CONFIG_LBA48 |
1137 | 1137 | ||
1138 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB | 1138 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB |
1139 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. | 1139 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. |
1140 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' | 1140 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' |
1141 | support disks up to 2.1TB. | 1141 | support disks up to 2.1TB. |
1142 | 1142 | ||
1143 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: | 1143 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: |
1144 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. | 1144 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. |
1145 | Default is 32bit. | 1145 | Default is 32bit. |
1146 | 1146 | ||
1147 | - SCSI Support: | 1147 | - SCSI Support: |
1148 | At the moment only there is only support for the | 1148 | At the moment only there is only support for the |
1149 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define | 1149 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define |
1150 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. | 1150 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. |
1151 | 1151 | ||
1152 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and | 1152 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and |
1153 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * | 1153 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * |
1154 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the | 1154 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the |
1155 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target | 1155 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target |
1156 | devices. | 1156 | devices. |
1157 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) | 1157 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) |
1158 | 1158 | ||
1159 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of | 1159 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of |
1160 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. | 1160 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. |
1161 | 1161 | ||
1162 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): | 1162 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): |
1163 | CONFIG_E1000 | 1163 | CONFIG_E1000 |
1164 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. | 1164 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. |
1165 | 1165 | ||
1166 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI | 1166 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI |
1167 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. | 1167 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. |
1168 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one | 1168 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one |
1169 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. | 1169 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. |
1170 | 1170 | ||
1171 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC | 1171 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC |
1172 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for | 1172 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for |
1173 | example with the "sspi" command. | 1173 | example with the "sspi" command. |
1174 | 1174 | ||
1175 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 | 1175 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 |
1176 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices | 1176 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices |
1177 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. | 1177 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. |
1178 | 1178 | ||
1179 | CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC | 1179 | CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC |
1180 | default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. | 1180 | default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. |
1181 | 1181 | ||
1182 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 | 1182 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 |
1183 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. | 1183 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. |
1184 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM | 1184 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM |
1185 | write routine for first time initialisation. | 1185 | write routine for first time initialisation. |
1186 | 1186 | ||
1187 | CONFIG_TULIP | 1187 | CONFIG_TULIP |
1188 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. | 1188 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. |
1189 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific | 1189 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific |
1190 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). | 1190 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). |
1191 | 1191 | ||
1192 | CONFIG_NATSEMI | 1192 | CONFIG_NATSEMI |
1193 | Support for National dp83815 chips. | 1193 | Support for National dp83815 chips. |
1194 | 1194 | ||
1195 | CONFIG_NS8382X | 1195 | CONFIG_NS8382X |
1196 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. | 1196 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. |
1197 | 1197 | ||
1198 | - NETWORK Support (other): | 1198 | - NETWORK Support (other): |
1199 | 1199 | ||
1200 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC | 1200 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC |
1201 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. | 1201 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. |
1202 | 1202 | ||
1203 | CONFIG_RMII | 1203 | CONFIG_RMII |
1204 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface | 1204 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface |
1205 | 1205 | ||
1206 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET | 1206 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET |
1207 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. | 1207 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. |
1208 | The driver doen't show link status messages. | 1208 | The driver doen't show link status messages. |
1209 | 1209 | ||
1210 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC | 1210 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC |
1211 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device | 1211 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device |
1212 | 1212 | ||
1213 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 | 1213 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 |
1214 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. | 1214 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. |
1215 | 1215 | ||
1216 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE | 1216 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE |
1217 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1217 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1218 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space | 1218 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space |
1219 | 1219 | ||
1220 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT | 1220 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT |
1221 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing | 1221 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing |
1222 | 1222 | ||
1223 | CONFIG_SMC91111 | 1223 | CONFIG_SMC91111 |
1224 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip | 1224 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip |
1225 | 1225 | ||
1226 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE | 1226 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE |
1227 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1227 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1228 | of the device (I/O space) | 1228 | of the device (I/O space) |
1229 | 1229 | ||
1230 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT | 1230 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT |
1231 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 1231 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1232 | 1232 | ||
1233 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS | 1233 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS |
1234 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros | 1234 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros |
1235 | (some hardware wont work with macros) | 1235 | (some hardware wont work with macros) |
1236 | 1236 | ||
1237 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC | 1237 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC |
1238 | Support for davinci emac | 1238 | Support for davinci emac |
1239 | 1239 | ||
1240 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT | 1240 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT |
1241 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. | 1241 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. |
1242 | 1242 | ||
1243 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 | 1243 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 |
1244 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet | 1244 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet |
1245 | 1245 | ||
1246 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA | 1246 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA |
1247 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. | 1247 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. |
1248 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. | 1248 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. |
1249 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur | 1249 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur |
1250 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or | 1250 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or |
1251 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit | 1251 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit |
1252 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the | 1252 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the |
1253 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. | 1253 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. |
1254 | 1254 | ||
1255 | CONFIG_SMC911X | 1255 | CONFIG_SMC911X |
1256 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips | 1256 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips |
1257 | 1257 | ||
1258 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE | 1258 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE |
1259 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1259 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1260 | of the device (I/O space) | 1260 | of the device (I/O space) |
1261 | 1261 | ||
1262 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT | 1262 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT |
1263 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 1263 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1264 | 1264 | ||
1265 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT | 1265 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT |
1266 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor | 1266 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor |
1267 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit | 1267 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit |
1268 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. | 1268 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. |
1269 | 1269 | ||
1270 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER | 1270 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER |
1271 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller | 1271 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller |
1272 | 1272 | ||
1273 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT | 1273 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT |
1274 | Define the number of ports to be used | 1274 | Define the number of ports to be used |
1275 | 1275 | ||
1276 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR | 1276 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR |
1277 | Define the ETH PHY's address | 1277 | Define the ETH PHY's address |
1278 | 1278 | ||
1279 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK | 1279 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK |
1280 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. | 1280 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. |
1281 | 1281 | ||
1282 | - TPM Support: | 1282 | - TPM Support: |
1283 | CONFIG_TPM | 1283 | CONFIG_TPM |
1284 | Support TPM devices. | 1284 | Support TPM devices. |
1285 | 1285 | ||
1286 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C | 1286 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C |
1287 | Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device | 1287 | Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device |
1288 | per system is supported at this time. | 1288 | per system is supported at this time. |
1289 | 1289 | ||
1290 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER | 1290 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER |
1291 | Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device | 1291 | Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device |
1292 | 1292 | ||
1293 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS | 1293 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS |
1294 | Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus | 1294 | Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus |
1295 | 1295 | ||
1296 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION | 1296 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION |
1297 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit | 1297 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit |
1298 | 1298 | ||
1299 | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI | 1299 | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI |
1300 | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. | 1300 | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. |
1301 | 1301 | ||
1302 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC | 1302 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC |
1303 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device | 1303 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device |
1304 | per system is supported at this time. | 1304 | per system is supported at this time. |
1305 | 1305 | ||
1306 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS | 1306 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS |
1307 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped | 1307 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped |
1308 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at | 1308 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at |
1309 | 0xfed40000. | 1309 | 0xfed40000. |
1310 | 1310 | ||
1311 | CONFIG_CMD_TPM | 1311 | CONFIG_CMD_TPM |
1312 | Add tpm monitor functions. | 1312 | Add tpm monitor functions. |
1313 | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also | 1313 | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also |
1314 | provides monitor access to authorized functions. | 1314 | provides monitor access to authorized functions. |
1315 | 1315 | ||
1316 | CONFIG_TPM | 1316 | CONFIG_TPM |
1317 | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides | 1317 | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides |
1318 | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. | 1318 | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. |
1319 | Requires support for a TPM device. | 1319 | Requires support for a TPM device. |
1320 | 1320 | ||
1321 | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS | 1321 | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS |
1322 | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. | 1322 | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. |
1323 | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. | 1323 | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. |
1324 | 1324 | ||
1325 | - USB Support: | 1325 | - USB Support: |
1326 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is | 1326 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is |
1327 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define | 1327 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define |
1328 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. | 1328 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. |
1329 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard | 1329 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard |
1330 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB | 1330 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB |
1331 | storage devices. | 1331 | storage devices. |
1332 | Note: | 1332 | Note: |
1333 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives | 1333 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives |
1334 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). | 1334 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). |
1335 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: | 1335 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: |
1336 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK | 1336 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK |
1337 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb | 1337 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb |
1338 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB | 1338 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB |
1339 | for USB on PSC3 | 1339 | for USB on PSC3 |
1340 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG | 1340 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG |
1341 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 | 1341 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 |
1342 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 | 1342 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 |
1343 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 | 1343 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 |
1344 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 | 1344 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 |
1345 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL | 1345 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL |
1346 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling | 1346 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling |
1347 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts | 1347 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts |
1348 | 1348 | ||
1349 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the | 1349 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the |
1350 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. | 1350 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. |
1351 | 1351 | ||
1352 | CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum | 1352 | CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum |
1353 | interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) | 1353 | interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) |
1354 | 1354 | ||
1355 | - USB Device: | 1355 | - USB Device: |
1356 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. | 1356 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. |
1357 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the | 1357 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the |
1358 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and | 1358 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and |
1359 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print | 1359 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print |
1360 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty | 1360 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty |
1361 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to | 1361 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to |
1362 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a | 1362 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a |
1363 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. | 1363 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. |
1364 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate | 1364 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate |
1365 | a Linux host by | 1365 | a Linux host by |
1366 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID | 1366 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID |
1367 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment | 1367 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment |
1368 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following | 1368 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following |
1369 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h | 1369 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h |
1370 | 1370 | ||
1371 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE | 1371 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE |
1372 | Define this to build a UDC device | 1372 | Define this to build a UDC device |
1373 | 1373 | ||
1374 | CONFIG_USB_TTY | 1374 | CONFIG_USB_TTY |
1375 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to | 1375 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to |
1376 | talk to the UDC device | 1376 | talk to the UDC device |
1377 | 1377 | ||
1378 | CONFIG_USBD_HS | 1378 | CONFIG_USBD_HS |
1379 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb | 1379 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb |
1380 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine | 1380 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine |
1381 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) | 1381 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) |
1382 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll | 1382 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll |
1383 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full | 1383 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full |
1384 | speed. | 1384 | speed. |
1385 | 1385 | ||
1386 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 1386 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
1387 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to | 1387 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to |
1388 | be set to usbtty. | 1388 | be set to usbtty. |
1389 | 1389 | ||
1390 | mpc8xx: | 1390 | mpc8xx: |
1391 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH | 1391 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH |
1392 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" | 1392 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" |
1393 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 | 1393 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 |
1394 | 1394 | ||
1395 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH | 1395 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH |
1396 | Derive USB clock from brgclk | 1396 | Derive USB clock from brgclk |
1397 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 | 1397 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 |
1398 | 1398 | ||
1399 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to | 1399 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to |
1400 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h | 1400 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h |
1401 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define | 1401 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define |
1402 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, | 1402 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, |
1403 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot | 1403 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot |
1404 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. | 1404 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. |
1405 | 1405 | ||
1406 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER | 1406 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER |
1407 | Define this string as the name of your company for | 1407 | Define this string as the name of your company for |
1408 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" | 1408 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" |
1409 | 1409 | ||
1410 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME | 1410 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME |
1411 | Define this string as the name of your product | 1411 | Define this string as the name of your product |
1412 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" | 1412 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" |
1413 | 1413 | ||
1414 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID | 1414 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID |
1415 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB | 1415 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB |
1416 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID | 1416 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID |
1417 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. | 1417 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. |
1418 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF | 1418 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF |
1419 | 1419 | ||
1420 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID | 1420 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID |
1421 | Define this as the unique Product ID | 1421 | Define this as the unique Product ID |
1422 | for your device | 1422 | for your device |
1423 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF | 1423 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF |
1424 | 1424 | ||
1425 | Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment. | 1425 | Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment. |
1426 | In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h: | 1426 | In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h: |
1427 | CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK | 1427 | CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK |
1428 | This enables function definition: | 1428 | This enables function definition: |
1429 | - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h | 1429 | - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h |
1430 | Implementation of this function is board-specific. | 1430 | Implementation of this function is board-specific. |
1431 | 1431 | ||
1432 | - ULPI Layer Support: | 1432 | - ULPI Layer Support: |
1433 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via | 1433 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via |
1434 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY | 1434 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY |
1435 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and | 1435 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and |
1436 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based | 1436 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based |
1437 | viewport is supported. | 1437 | viewport is supported. |
1438 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and | 1438 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and |
1439 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. | 1439 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. |
1440 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the | 1440 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the |
1441 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to | 1441 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to |
1442 | the appropriate value in Hz. | 1442 | the appropriate value in Hz. |
1443 | 1443 | ||
1444 | - MMC Support: | 1444 | - MMC Support: |
1445 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To | 1445 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To |
1446 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be | 1446 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be |
1447 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device | 1447 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device |
1448 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is | 1448 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is |
1449 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with | 1449 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with |
1450 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. | 1450 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. |
1451 | 1451 | ||
1452 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF | 1452 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF |
1453 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller | 1453 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller |
1454 | 1454 | ||
1455 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR | 1455 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR |
1456 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers | 1456 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers |
1457 | 1457 | ||
1458 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK | 1458 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK |
1459 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF | 1459 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF |
1460 | 1460 | ||
1461 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: | 1461 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: |
1462 | CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION | 1462 | CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION |
1463 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class | 1463 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class |
1464 | 1464 | ||
1465 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU | 1465 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU |
1466 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have | 1466 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have |
1467 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command | 1467 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command |
1468 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be | 1468 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be |
1469 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. | 1469 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. |
1470 | 1470 | ||
1471 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC | 1471 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC |
1472 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. | 1472 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. |
1473 | 1473 | ||
1474 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND | 1474 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND |
1475 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. | 1475 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. |
1476 | 1476 | ||
1477 | CONFIG_DFU_RAM | 1477 | CONFIG_DFU_RAM |
1478 | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. | 1478 | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. |
1479 | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but | 1479 | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but |
1480 | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, | 1480 | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, |
1481 | one that would help mostly the developer. | 1481 | one that would help mostly the developer. |
1482 | 1482 | ||
1483 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE | 1483 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE |
1484 | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the | 1484 | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the |
1485 | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer | 1485 | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer |
1486 | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable | 1486 | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable |
1487 | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. | 1487 | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. |
1488 | 1488 | ||
1489 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE | 1489 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE |
1490 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, | 1490 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, |
1491 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write | 1491 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write |
1492 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define | 1492 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define |
1493 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. | 1493 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. |
1494 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. | 1494 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. |
1495 | 1495 | ||
1496 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: | 1496 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: |
1497 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, | 1497 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, |
1498 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV | 1498 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV |
1499 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device | 1499 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device |
1500 | 1500 | ||
1501 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, | 1501 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, |
1502 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS | 1502 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS |
1503 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device | 1503 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device |
1504 | 1504 | ||
1505 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART | 1505 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART |
1506 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a | 1506 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a |
1507 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) | 1507 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) |
1508 | 1508 | ||
1509 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to | 1509 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to |
1510 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 | 1510 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 |
1511 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you | 1511 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you |
1512 | have not defined a custom partition | 1512 | have not defined a custom partition |
1513 | 1513 | ||
1514 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: | 1514 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: |
1515 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE | 1515 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE |
1516 | 1516 | ||
1517 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a | 1517 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a |
1518 | file in FAT formatted partition. | 1518 | file in FAT formatted partition. |
1519 | 1519 | ||
1520 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the | 1520 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the |
1521 | user to write files to FAT. | 1521 | user to write files to FAT. |
1522 | 1522 | ||
1523 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support | 1523 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support |
1524 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS | 1524 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS |
1525 | 1525 | ||
1526 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot | 1526 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot |
1527 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls | 1527 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls |
1528 | and cbfsload. | 1528 | and cbfsload. |
1529 | 1529 | ||
1530 | - Keyboard Support: | 1530 | - Keyboard Support: |
1531 | CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD | 1531 | CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD |
1532 | 1532 | ||
1533 | Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard | 1533 | Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard |
1534 | support | 1534 | support |
1535 | 1535 | ||
1536 | CONFIG_I8042_KBD | 1536 | CONFIG_I8042_KBD |
1537 | Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and | 1537 | Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and |
1538 | GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. | 1538 | GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. |
1539 | Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc | 1539 | Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc |
1540 | for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. | 1540 | for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. |
1541 | 1541 | ||
1542 | CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB | 1542 | CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB |
1543 | Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. | 1543 | Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. |
1544 | This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller | 1544 | This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller |
1545 | which provides key scans on request. | 1545 | which provides key scans on request. |
1546 | 1546 | ||
1547 | - Video support: | 1547 | - Video support: |
1548 | CONFIG_VIDEO | 1548 | CONFIG_VIDEO |
1549 | 1549 | ||
1550 | Define this to enable video support (for output to | 1550 | Define this to enable video support (for output to |
1551 | video). | 1551 | video). |
1552 | 1552 | ||
1553 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 | 1553 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 |
1554 | 1554 | ||
1555 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip | 1555 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip |
1556 | 1556 | ||
1557 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM | 1557 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM |
1558 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The | 1558 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The |
1559 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' | 1559 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' |
1560 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is | 1560 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is |
1561 | assumed. | 1561 | assumed. |
1562 | 1562 | ||
1563 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is | 1563 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is |
1564 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways | 1564 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways |
1565 | are possible: | 1565 | are possible: |
1566 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. | 1566 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. |
1567 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): | 1567 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): |
1568 | 1568 | ||
1569 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 | 1569 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 |
1570 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 1570 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- |
1571 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 | 1571 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 |
1572 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 | 1572 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 |
1573 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A | 1573 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A |
1574 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B | 1574 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B |
1575 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 1575 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- |
1576 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) | 1576 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) |
1577 | 1577 | ||
1578 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed | 1578 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed |
1579 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) | 1579 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) |
1580 | 1580 | ||
1581 | 1581 | ||
1582 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 | 1582 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 |
1583 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp | 1583 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp |
1584 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP | 1584 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP |
1585 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP | 1585 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP |
1586 | 1586 | ||
1587 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB | 1587 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB |
1588 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for | 1588 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for |
1589 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU | 1589 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU |
1590 | support, and should also define these other macros: | 1590 | support, and should also define these other macros: |
1591 | 1591 | ||
1592 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR | 1592 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR |
1593 | CONFIG_VIDEO | 1593 | CONFIG_VIDEO |
1594 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP | 1594 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP |
1595 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 1595 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE |
1596 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR | 1596 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR |
1597 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE | 1597 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE |
1598 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 1598 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO |
1599 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO | 1599 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO |
1600 | 1600 | ||
1601 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment | 1601 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment |
1602 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during | 1602 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during |
1603 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a | 1603 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a |
1604 | description of this variable. | 1604 | description of this variable. |
1605 | 1605 | ||
1606 | CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA | 1606 | CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA |
1607 | 1607 | ||
1608 | Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you | 1608 | Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you |
1609 | are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer | 1609 | are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer |
1610 | driver. | 1610 | driver. |
1611 | 1611 | ||
1612 | 1612 | ||
1613 | - Keyboard Support: | 1613 | - Keyboard Support: |
1614 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD | 1614 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD |
1615 | 1615 | ||
1616 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. | 1616 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. |
1617 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be | 1617 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be |
1618 | defined in your board-specific files. | 1618 | defined in your board-specific files. |
1619 | The only board using this so far is RBC823. | 1619 | The only board using this so far is RBC823. |
1620 | 1620 | ||
1621 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD | 1621 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD |
1622 | 1622 | ||
1623 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD | 1623 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD |
1624 | display); also select one of the supported displays | 1624 | display); also select one of the supported displays |
1625 | by defining one of these: | 1625 | by defining one of these: |
1626 | 1626 | ||
1627 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: | 1627 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: |
1628 | 1628 | ||
1629 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. | 1629 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. |
1630 | 1630 | ||
1631 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: | 1631 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: |
1632 | 1632 | ||
1633 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. | 1633 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. |
1634 | 1634 | ||
1635 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 | 1635 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 |
1636 | 1636 | ||
1637 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. | 1637 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. |
1638 | Active, color, single scan. | 1638 | Active, color, single scan. |
1639 | 1639 | ||
1640 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 | 1640 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 |
1641 | 1641 | ||
1642 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. | 1642 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. |
1643 | Active, color, single scan. | 1643 | Active, color, single scan. |
1644 | 1644 | ||
1645 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 | 1645 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 |
1646 | 1646 | ||
1647 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. | 1647 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. |
1648 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. | 1648 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. |
1649 | 1649 | ||
1650 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 | 1650 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 |
1651 | 1651 | ||
1652 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. | 1652 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. |
1653 | Active, color, single scan. | 1653 | Active, color, single scan. |
1654 | 1654 | ||
1655 | CONFIG_HLD1045 | 1655 | CONFIG_HLD1045 |
1656 | 1656 | ||
1657 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. | 1657 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. |
1658 | Active, color, single scan. | 1658 | Active, color, single scan. |
1659 | 1659 | ||
1660 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW | 1660 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW |
1661 | 1661 | ||
1662 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 | 1662 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 |
1663 | or | 1663 | or |
1664 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T | 1664 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T |
1665 | or | 1665 | or |
1666 | Hitachi SP14Q002 | 1666 | Hitachi SP14Q002 |
1667 | 1667 | ||
1668 | 320x240. Black & white. | 1668 | 320x240. Black & white. |
1669 | 1669 | ||
1670 | Normally display is black on white background; define | 1670 | Normally display is black on white background; define |
1671 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. | 1671 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. |
1672 | 1672 | ||
1673 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT | 1673 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT |
1674 | 1674 | ||
1675 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is | 1675 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is |
1676 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. | 1676 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. |
1677 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE | 1677 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE |
1678 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on | 1678 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on |
1679 | a per-section basis. | 1679 | a per-section basis. |
1680 | 1680 | ||
1681 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES | 1681 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES |
1682 | 1682 | ||
1683 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of | 1683 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of |
1684 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes | 1684 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes |
1685 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling | 1685 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling |
1686 | is slow. | 1686 | is slow. |
1687 | 1687 | ||
1688 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 | 1688 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 |
1689 | 1689 | ||
1690 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. | 1690 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. |
1691 | 1691 | ||
1692 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID | 1692 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID |
1693 | 1693 | ||
1694 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID | 1694 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID |
1695 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. | 1695 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. |
1696 | 1696 | ||
1697 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN | 1697 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN |
1698 | 1698 | ||
1699 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for | 1699 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for |
1700 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display | 1700 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display |
1701 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD | 1701 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD |
1702 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address | 1702 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address |
1703 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The | 1703 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The |
1704 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This | 1704 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This |
1705 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is | 1705 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is |
1706 | loaded very quickly after power-on. | 1706 | loaded very quickly after power-on. |
1707 | 1707 | ||
1708 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD | 1708 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD |
1709 | 1709 | ||
1710 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment | 1710 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment |
1711 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address | 1711 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address |
1712 | (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). | 1712 | (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). |
1713 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment | 1713 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment |
1714 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data | 1714 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data |
1715 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned | 1715 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned |
1716 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) | 1716 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) |
1717 | there is no need to set this option. | 1717 | there is no need to set this option. |
1718 | 1718 | ||
1719 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN | 1719 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN |
1720 | 1720 | ||
1721 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned | 1721 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned |
1722 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the | 1722 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the |
1723 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as | 1723 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as |
1724 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it | 1724 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it |
1725 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also | 1725 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also |
1726 | specify 'm' for centering the image. | 1726 | specify 'm' for centering the image. |
1727 | 1727 | ||
1728 | Example: | 1728 | Example: |
1729 | setenv splashpos m,m | 1729 | setenv splashpos m,m |
1730 | => image at center of screen | 1730 | => image at center of screen |
1731 | 1731 | ||
1732 | setenv splashpos 30,20 | 1732 | setenv splashpos 30,20 |
1733 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 | 1733 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 |
1734 | 1734 | ||
1735 | setenv splashpos -10,m | 1735 | setenv splashpos -10,m |
1736 | => vertically centered image | 1736 | => vertically centered image |
1737 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 | 1737 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 |
1738 | 1738 | ||
1739 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP | 1739 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP |
1740 | 1740 | ||
1741 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP | 1741 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP |
1742 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the | 1742 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the |
1743 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. | 1743 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. |
1744 | 1744 | ||
1745 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 | 1745 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 |
1746 | 1746 | ||
1747 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images | 1747 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images |
1748 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the | 1748 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the |
1749 | bmp command. | 1749 | bmp command. |
1750 | 1750 | ||
1751 | - Do compresssing for memory range: | 1751 | - Do compresssing for memory range: |
1752 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP | 1752 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP |
1753 | 1753 | ||
1754 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method | 1754 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method |
1755 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. | 1755 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. |
1756 | 1756 | ||
1757 | - Compression support: | 1757 | - Compression support: |
1758 | CONFIG_GZIP | 1758 | CONFIG_GZIP |
1759 | 1759 | ||
1760 | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. | 1760 | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. |
1761 | 1761 | ||
1762 | CONFIG_BZIP2 | 1762 | CONFIG_BZIP2 |
1763 | 1763 | ||
1764 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed | 1764 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed |
1765 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip | 1765 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip |
1766 | compressed images are supported. | 1766 | compressed images are supported. |
1767 | 1767 | ||
1768 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so | 1768 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so |
1769 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should | 1769 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should |
1770 | be at least 4MB. | 1770 | be at least 4MB. |
1771 | 1771 | ||
1772 | CONFIG_LZMA | 1772 | CONFIG_LZMA |
1773 | 1773 | ||
1774 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed | 1774 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed |
1775 | images is included. | 1775 | images is included. |
1776 | 1776 | ||
1777 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it | 1777 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it |
1778 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the | 1778 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the |
1779 | formula: | 1779 | formula: |
1780 | 1780 | ||
1781 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) | 1781 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) |
1782 | 1782 | ||
1783 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits | 1783 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits |
1784 | and Literal pos bits. | 1784 | and Literal pos bits. |
1785 | 1785 | ||
1786 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, | 1786 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, |
1787 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a | 1787 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a |
1788 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is | 1788 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is |
1789 | a very small buffer. | 1789 | a very small buffer. |
1790 | 1790 | ||
1791 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and | 1791 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and |
1792 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring | 1792 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring |
1793 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). | 1793 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). |
1794 | 1794 | ||
1795 | CONFIG_LZO | 1795 | CONFIG_LZO |
1796 | 1796 | ||
1797 | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images | 1797 | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images |
1798 | is included. | 1798 | is included. |
1799 | 1799 | ||
1800 | - MII/PHY support: | 1800 | - MII/PHY support: |
1801 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR | 1801 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR |
1802 | 1802 | ||
1803 | The address of PHY on MII bus. | 1803 | The address of PHY on MII bus. |
1804 | 1804 | ||
1805 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) | 1805 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) |
1806 | 1806 | ||
1807 | The clock frequency of the MII bus | 1807 | The clock frequency of the MII bus |
1808 | 1808 | ||
1809 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE | 1809 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE |
1810 | 1810 | ||
1811 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex | 1811 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex |
1812 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. | 1812 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. |
1813 | 1813 | ||
1814 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY | 1814 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY |
1815 | 1815 | ||
1816 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 1816 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after |
1817 | reset before any MII register access is possible. | 1817 | reset before any MII register access is possible. |
1818 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay | 1818 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay |
1819 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) | 1819 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) |
1820 | 1820 | ||
1821 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) | 1821 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) |
1822 | 1822 | ||
1823 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 1823 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after |
1824 | command issued before MII status register can be read | 1824 | command issued before MII status register can be read |
1825 | 1825 | ||
1826 | - Ethernet address: | 1826 | - Ethernet address: |
1827 | CONFIG_ETHADDR | 1827 | CONFIG_ETHADDR |
1828 | CONFIG_ETH1ADDR | 1828 | CONFIG_ETH1ADDR |
1829 | CONFIG_ETH2ADDR | 1829 | CONFIG_ETH2ADDR |
1830 | CONFIG_ETH3ADDR | 1830 | CONFIG_ETH3ADDR |
1831 | CONFIG_ETH4ADDR | 1831 | CONFIG_ETH4ADDR |
1832 | CONFIG_ETH5ADDR | 1832 | CONFIG_ETH5ADDR |
1833 | 1833 | ||
1834 | Define a default value for Ethernet address to use | 1834 | Define a default value for Ethernet address to use |
1835 | for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this | 1835 | for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this |
1836 | is not determined automatically. | 1836 | is not determined automatically. |
1837 | 1837 | ||
1838 | - IP address: | 1838 | - IP address: |
1839 | CONFIG_IPADDR | 1839 | CONFIG_IPADDR |
1840 | 1840 | ||
1841 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for | 1841 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for |
1842 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not | 1842 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not |
1843 | determined through e.g. bootp. | 1843 | determined through e.g. bootp. |
1844 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") | 1844 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") |
1845 | 1845 | ||
1846 | - Server IP address: | 1846 | - Server IP address: |
1847 | CONFIG_SERVERIP | 1847 | CONFIG_SERVERIP |
1848 | 1848 | ||
1849 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP | 1849 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP |
1850 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. | 1850 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. |
1851 | (Environment variable "serverip") | 1851 | (Environment variable "serverip") |
1852 | 1852 | ||
1853 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR | 1853 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR |
1854 | 1854 | ||
1855 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' | 1855 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' |
1856 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) | 1856 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) |
1857 | 1857 | ||
1858 | - Gateway IP address: | 1858 | - Gateway IP address: |
1859 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP | 1859 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP |
1860 | 1860 | ||
1861 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the | 1861 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the |
1862 | default router where packets to other networks are | 1862 | default router where packets to other networks are |
1863 | sent to. | 1863 | sent to. |
1864 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") | 1864 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") |
1865 | 1865 | ||
1866 | - Subnet mask: | 1866 | - Subnet mask: |
1867 | CONFIG_NETMASK | 1867 | CONFIG_NETMASK |
1868 | 1868 | ||
1869 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or | 1869 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or |
1870 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP | 1870 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP |
1871 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be | 1871 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be |
1872 | forwarded through a router. | 1872 | forwarded through a router. |
1873 | (Environment variable "netmask") | 1873 | (Environment variable "netmask") |
1874 | 1874 | ||
1875 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: | 1875 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: |
1876 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP | 1876 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP |
1877 | 1877 | ||
1878 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per | 1878 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per |
1879 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets | 1879 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets |
1880 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet | 1880 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet |
1881 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a | 1881 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a |
1882 | multicast group. | 1882 | multicast group. |
1883 | 1883 | ||
1884 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: | 1884 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: |
1885 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY | 1885 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY |
1886 | 1886 | ||
1887 | If you have many targets in a network that try to | 1887 | If you have many targets in a network that try to |
1888 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all | 1888 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all |
1889 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same | 1889 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same |
1890 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery | 1890 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery |
1891 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to | 1891 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to |
1892 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining | 1892 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining |
1893 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be | 1893 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be |
1894 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The | 1894 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The |
1895 | following delays are inserted then: | 1895 | following delays are inserted then: |
1896 | 1896 | ||
1897 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec | 1897 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec |
1898 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec | 1898 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec |
1899 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec | 1899 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec |
1900 | 4th and following | 1900 | 4th and following |
1901 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec | 1901 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec |
1902 | 1902 | ||
1903 | - DHCP Advanced Options: | 1903 | - DHCP Advanced Options: |
1904 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining | 1904 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining |
1905 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: | 1905 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: |
1906 | 1906 | ||
1907 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK | 1907 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK |
1908 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY | 1908 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY |
1909 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME | 1909 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME |
1910 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN | 1910 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN |
1911 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH | 1911 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH |
1912 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE | 1912 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE |
1913 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 1913 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS |
1914 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 | 1914 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 |
1915 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME | 1915 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME |
1916 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER | 1916 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER |
1917 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET | 1917 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET |
1918 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX | 1918 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX |
1919 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL | 1919 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL |
1920 | 1920 | ||
1921 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip | 1921 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip |
1922 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. | 1922 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. |
1923 | 1923 | ||
1924 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found | 1924 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found |
1925 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail | 1925 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail |
1926 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over | 1926 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over |
1927 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server | 1927 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server |
1928 | is not available. | 1928 | is not available. |
1929 | 1929 | ||
1930 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS | 1930 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS |
1931 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more | 1931 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more |
1932 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. | 1932 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. |
1933 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS | 1933 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS |
1934 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment | 1934 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment |
1935 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always | 1935 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always |
1936 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 1936 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS |
1937 | is defined. | 1937 | is defined. |
1938 | 1938 | ||
1939 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable | 1939 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable |
1940 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they | 1940 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they |
1941 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. | 1941 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. |
1942 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content | 1942 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content |
1943 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as | 1943 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as |
1944 | option 12 to the DHCP server. | 1944 | option 12 to the DHCP server. |
1945 | 1945 | ||
1946 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY | 1946 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY |
1947 | 1947 | ||
1948 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between | 1948 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between |
1949 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". | 1949 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". |
1950 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't | 1950 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't |
1951 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an | 1951 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an |
1952 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed | 1952 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed |
1953 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 | 1953 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 |
1954 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at | 1954 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at |
1955 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope | 1955 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope |
1956 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that | 1956 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that |
1957 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than | 1957 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than |
1958 | this delay. | 1958 | this delay. |
1959 | 1959 | ||
1960 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: | 1960 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: |
1961 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network | 1961 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network |
1962 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. | 1962 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. |
1963 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed | 1963 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed |
1964 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. | 1964 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. |
1965 | 1965 | ||
1966 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. | 1966 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. |
1967 | 1967 | ||
1968 | - CDP Options: | 1968 | - CDP Options: |
1969 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID | 1969 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID |
1970 | 1970 | ||
1971 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. | 1971 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. |
1972 | 1972 | ||
1973 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX | 1973 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX |
1974 | 1974 | ||
1975 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address | 1975 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address |
1976 | of the device. | 1976 | of the device. |
1977 | 1977 | ||
1978 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID | 1978 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID |
1979 | 1979 | ||
1980 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of | 1980 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of |
1981 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets | 1981 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets |
1982 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. | 1982 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. |
1983 | 1983 | ||
1984 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES | 1984 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES |
1985 | 1985 | ||
1986 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; | 1986 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; |
1987 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. | 1987 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. |
1988 | 1988 | ||
1989 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION | 1989 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION |
1990 | 1990 | ||
1991 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. | 1991 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. |
1992 | 1992 | ||
1993 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM | 1993 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM |
1994 | 1994 | ||
1995 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. | 1995 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. |
1996 | 1996 | ||
1997 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER | 1997 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER |
1998 | 1998 | ||
1999 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. | 1999 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. |
2000 | 2000 | ||
2001 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION | 2001 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
2002 | 2002 | ||
2003 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the | 2003 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the |
2004 | device in .1 of milliwatts. | 2004 | device in .1 of milliwatts. |
2005 | 2005 | ||
2006 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE | 2006 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE |
2007 | 2007 | ||
2008 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. | 2008 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. |
2009 | 2009 | ||
2010 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED | 2010 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED |
2011 | 2011 | ||
2012 | Several configurations allow to display the current | 2012 | Several configurations allow to display the current |
2013 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink | 2013 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink |
2014 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as | 2014 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as |
2015 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and | 2015 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and |
2016 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running | 2016 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running |
2017 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux | 2017 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux |
2018 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this | 2018 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this |
2019 | feature in U-Boot. | 2019 | feature in U-Boot. |
2020 | 2020 | ||
2021 | Additional options: | 2021 | Additional options: |
2022 | 2022 | ||
2023 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 2023 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED |
2024 | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. | 2024 | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. |
2025 | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a | 2025 | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a |
2026 | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 2026 | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED |
2027 | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. | 2027 | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. |
2028 | 2028 | ||
2029 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE | 2029 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE |
2030 | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which | 2030 | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which |
2031 | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and | 2031 | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and |
2032 | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. | 2032 | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. |
2033 | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined | 2033 | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined |
2034 | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. | 2034 | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. |
2035 | 2035 | ||
2036 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER | 2036 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER |
2037 | 2037 | ||
2038 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support | 2038 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support |
2039 | on those systems that support this (optional) | 2039 | on those systems that support this (optional) |
2040 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. | 2040 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. |
2041 | 2041 | ||
2042 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C | 2042 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C |
2043 | 2043 | ||
2044 | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use | 2044 | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use |
2045 | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set | 2045 | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set |
2046 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c | 2046 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c |
2047 | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See | 2047 | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See |
2048 | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line | 2048 | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line |
2049 | interface. | 2049 | interface. |
2050 | 2050 | ||
2051 | ported i2c driver to the new framework: | 2051 | ported i2c driver to the new framework: |
2052 | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: | 2052 | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: |
2053 | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define | 2053 | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define |
2054 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE | 2054 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE |
2055 | for defining speed and slave address | 2055 | for defining speed and slave address |
2056 | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define | 2056 | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define |
2057 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 | 2057 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 |
2058 | for defining speed and slave address | 2058 | for defining speed and slave address |
2059 | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define | 2059 | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define |
2060 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 | 2060 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 |
2061 | for defining speed and slave address | 2061 | for defining speed and slave address |
2062 | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define | 2062 | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define |
2063 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 | 2063 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 |
2064 | for defining speed and slave address | 2064 | for defining speed and slave address |
2065 | 2065 | ||
2066 | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: | 2066 | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: |
2067 | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL | 2067 | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL |
2068 | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register | 2068 | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register |
2069 | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and | 2069 | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and |
2070 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first | 2070 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first |
2071 | bus. | 2071 | bus. |
2072 | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define | 2072 | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define |
2073 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset | 2073 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset |
2074 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and | 2074 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and |
2075 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the | 2075 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the |
2076 | second bus. | 2076 | second bus. |
2077 | 2077 | ||
2078 | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: | 2078 | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: |
2079 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA | 2079 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA |
2080 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from | 2080 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from |
2081 | 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 2081 | 100000 and the slave addr 0! |
2082 | 2082 | ||
2083 | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c | 2083 | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c |
2084 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX | 2084 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX |
2085 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 | 2085 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 |
2086 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 | 2086 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 |
2087 | 2087 | ||
2088 | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c | 2088 | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c |
2089 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC | 2089 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC |
2090 | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED | 2090 | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED |
2091 | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE | 2091 | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE |
2092 | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED | 2092 | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED |
2093 | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE | 2093 | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE |
2094 | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED | 2094 | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED |
2095 | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE | 2095 | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE |
2096 | If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 | 2096 | If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 |
2097 | for speed, and 0 for slave. | 2097 | for speed, and 0 for slave. |
2098 | 2098 | ||
2099 | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: | 2099 | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: |
2100 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR | 2100 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR |
2101 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses | 2101 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses |
2102 | 2102 | ||
2103 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 | 2103 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 |
2104 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 | 2104 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 |
2105 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 | 2105 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 |
2106 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 | 2106 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 |
2107 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 | 2107 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 |
2108 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 | 2108 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 |
2109 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 | 2109 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 |
2110 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 | 2110 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 |
2111 | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses | 2111 | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses |
2112 | 2112 | ||
2113 | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: | 2113 | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: |
2114 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH | 2114 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH |
2115 | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses | 2115 | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses |
2116 | 2116 | ||
2117 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 | 2117 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 |
2118 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 | 2118 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 |
2119 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 | 2119 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 |
2120 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 | 2120 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 |
2121 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 | 2121 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 |
2122 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 | 2122 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 |
2123 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 | 2123 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 |
2124 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 | 2124 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 |
2125 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 | 2125 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 |
2126 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 | 2126 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 |
2127 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 | 2127 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 |
2128 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 | 2128 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 |
2129 | - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses | 2129 | - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses |
2130 | 2130 | ||
2131 | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c | 2131 | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c |
2132 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX | 2132 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX |
2133 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 | 2133 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 |
2134 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 | 2134 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 |
2135 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 | 2135 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 |
2136 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 | 2136 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 |
2137 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 | 2137 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 |
2138 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 | 2138 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 |
2139 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 | 2139 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 |
2140 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 | 2140 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 |
2141 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 | 2141 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 |
2142 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 | 2142 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 |
2143 | 2143 | ||
2144 | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c | 2144 | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c |
2145 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ | 2145 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ |
2146 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting | 2146 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting |
2147 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr | 2147 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr |
2148 | 2148 | ||
2149 | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: | 2149 | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: |
2150 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 | 2150 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 |
2151 | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 | 2151 | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 |
2152 | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) | 2152 | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) |
2153 | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 2153 | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! |
2154 | 2154 | ||
2155 | additional defines: | 2155 | additional defines: |
2156 | 2156 | ||
2157 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES | 2157 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES |
2158 | Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you | 2158 | Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you |
2159 | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this | 2159 | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this |
2160 | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can | 2160 | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can |
2161 | omit this define. | 2161 | omit this define. |
2162 | 2162 | ||
2163 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS | 2163 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS |
2164 | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. | 2164 | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. |
2165 | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can | 2165 | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can |
2166 | omit this define. | 2166 | omit this define. |
2167 | 2167 | ||
2168 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS | 2168 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS |
2169 | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected | 2169 | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected |
2170 | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this | 2170 | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this |
2171 | define. | 2171 | define. |
2172 | 2172 | ||
2173 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES | 2173 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES |
2174 | hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if | 2174 | hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if |
2175 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example | 2175 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example |
2176 | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and | 2176 | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and |
2177 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: | 2177 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: |
2178 | 2178 | ||
2179 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 2179 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ |
2180 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ | 2180 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ |
2181 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ | 2181 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ |
2182 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ | 2182 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ |
2183 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ | 2183 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ |
2184 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ | 2184 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ |
2185 | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 2185 | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ |
2186 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ | 2186 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ |
2187 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ | 2187 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ |
2188 | } | 2188 | } |
2189 | 2189 | ||
2190 | which defines | 2190 | which defines |
2191 | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux | 2191 | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux |
2192 | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 | 2192 | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 |
2193 | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 | 2193 | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 |
2194 | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 | 2194 | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 |
2195 | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 | 2195 | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 |
2196 | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 | 2196 | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 |
2197 | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux | 2197 | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux |
2198 | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 | 2198 | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 |
2199 | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 | 2199 | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 |
2200 | 2200 | ||
2201 | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. | 2201 | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. |
2202 | 2202 | ||
2203 | - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | 2203 | - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C |
2204 | 2204 | ||
2205 | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which | 2205 | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which |
2206 | provides the following compelling advantages: | 2206 | provides the following compelling advantages: |
2207 | 2207 | ||
2208 | - more than one i2c adapter is usable | 2208 | - more than one i2c adapter is usable |
2209 | - approved multibus support | 2209 | - approved multibus support |
2210 | - better i2c mux support | 2210 | - better i2c mux support |
2211 | 2211 | ||
2212 | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** | 2212 | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** |
2213 | 2213 | ||
2214 | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining | 2214 | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining |
2215 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver | 2215 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver |
2216 | for the selected CPU. | 2216 | for the selected CPU. |
2217 | 2217 | ||
2218 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot | 2218 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot |
2219 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in | 2219 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in |
2220 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime | 2220 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime |
2221 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the | 2221 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the |
2222 | command line interface. | 2222 | command line interface. |
2223 | 2223 | ||
2224 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. | 2224 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. |
2225 | 2225 | ||
2226 | There are several other quantities that must also be | 2226 | There are several other quantities that must also be |
2227 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 2227 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
2228 | 2228 | ||
2229 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED | 2229 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED |
2230 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus | 2230 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus |
2231 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie | 2231 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie |
2232 | the CPU's i2c node address). | 2232 | the CPU's i2c node address). |
2233 | 2233 | ||
2234 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx | 2234 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx |
2235 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node | 2235 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node |
2236 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, | 2236 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, |
2237 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set | 2237 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set |
2238 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. | 2238 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. |
2239 | 2239 | ||
2240 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX | 2240 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX |
2241 | 2241 | ||
2242 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 2242 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2243 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 2243 | chips might think that the current transfer is still |
2244 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start | 2244 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start |
2245 | commands until the slave device responds. | 2245 | commands until the slave device responds. |
2246 | 2246 | ||
2247 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 2247 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
2248 | 2248 | ||
2249 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) | 2249 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) |
2250 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are | 2250 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are |
2251 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): | 2251 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): |
2252 | 2252 | ||
2253 | I2C_INIT | 2253 | I2C_INIT |
2254 | 2254 | ||
2255 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C | 2255 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C |
2256 | controller or configure ports. | 2256 | controller or configure ports. |
2257 | 2257 | ||
2258 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) | 2258 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) |
2259 | 2259 | ||
2260 | I2C_PORT | 2260 | I2C_PORT |
2261 | 2261 | ||
2262 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code | 2262 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code |
2263 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values | 2263 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values |
2264 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. | 2264 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. |
2265 | 2265 | ||
2266 | I2C_ACTIVE | 2266 | I2C_ACTIVE |
2267 | 2267 | ||
2268 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active | 2268 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active |
2269 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this | 2269 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this |
2270 | define can be null. | 2270 | define can be null. |
2271 | 2271 | ||
2272 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) | 2272 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) |
2273 | 2273 | ||
2274 | I2C_TRISTATE | 2274 | I2C_TRISTATE |
2275 | 2275 | ||
2276 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated | 2276 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated |
2277 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this | 2277 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this |
2278 | define can be null. | 2278 | define can be null. |
2279 | 2279 | ||
2280 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) | 2280 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) |
2281 | 2281 | ||
2282 | I2C_READ | 2282 | I2C_READ |
2283 | 2283 | ||
2284 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, | 2284 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, |
2285 | false if it is low. | 2285 | false if it is low. |
2286 | 2286 | ||
2287 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) | 2287 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) |
2288 | 2288 | ||
2289 | I2C_SDA(bit) | 2289 | I2C_SDA(bit) |
2290 | 2290 | ||
2291 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it | 2291 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it |
2292 | is false, it clears it (low). | 2292 | is false, it clears it (low). |
2293 | 2293 | ||
2294 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ | 2294 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ |
2295 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ | 2295 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ |
2296 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA | 2296 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA |
2297 | 2297 | ||
2298 | I2C_SCL(bit) | 2298 | I2C_SCL(bit) |
2299 | 2299 | ||
2300 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it | 2300 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it |
2301 | is false, it clears it (low). | 2301 | is false, it clears it (low). |
2302 | 2302 | ||
2303 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ | 2303 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ |
2304 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ | 2304 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ |
2305 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL | 2305 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL |
2306 | 2306 | ||
2307 | I2C_DELAY | 2307 | I2C_DELAY |
2308 | 2308 | ||
2309 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this | 2309 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this |
2310 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus | 2310 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus |
2311 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something | 2311 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something |
2312 | like: | 2312 | like: |
2313 | 2313 | ||
2314 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) | 2314 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) |
2315 | 2315 | ||
2316 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA | 2316 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA |
2317 | 2317 | ||
2318 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), | 2318 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), |
2319 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be | 2319 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be |
2320 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will | 2320 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will |
2321 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. | 2321 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. |
2322 | 2322 | ||
2323 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to | 2323 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to |
2324 | the generic GPIO functions. | 2324 | the generic GPIO functions. |
2325 | 2325 | ||
2326 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD | 2326 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD |
2327 | 2327 | ||
2328 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 2328 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2329 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 2329 | chips might think that the current transfer is still |
2330 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access | 2330 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access |
2331 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the | 2331 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the |
2332 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin | 2332 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin |
2333 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a | 2333 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a |
2334 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c | 2334 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c |
2335 | is run early in the boot sequence. | 2335 | is run early in the boot sequence. |
2336 | 2336 | ||
2337 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT | 2337 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT |
2338 | 2338 | ||
2339 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is | 2339 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is |
2340 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in | 2340 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in |
2341 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() | 2341 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() |
2342 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus | 2342 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus |
2343 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c | 2343 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c |
2344 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of | 2344 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of |
2345 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus | 2345 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus |
2346 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). | 2346 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). |
2347 | 2347 | ||
2348 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 2348 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
2349 | 2349 | ||
2350 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags | 2350 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags |
2351 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment | 2351 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment |
2352 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) | 2352 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) |
2353 | 2353 | ||
2354 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2354 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2355 | 2355 | ||
2356 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which | 2356 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which |
2357 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is | 2357 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is |
2358 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. | 2358 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. |
2359 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. | 2359 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. |
2360 | 2360 | ||
2361 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES | 2361 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES |
2362 | 2362 | ||
2363 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped | 2363 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped |
2364 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2364 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2365 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify | 2365 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify |
2366 | a 1D array of device addresses | 2366 | a 1D array of device addresses |
2367 | 2367 | ||
2368 | e.g. | 2368 | e.g. |
2369 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2369 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2370 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} | 2370 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} |
2371 | 2371 | ||
2372 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus | 2372 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus |
2373 | 2373 | ||
2374 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2374 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2375 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} | 2375 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} |
2376 | 2376 | ||
2377 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 | 2377 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 |
2378 | 2378 | ||
2379 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 2379 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
2380 | 2380 | ||
2381 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. | 2381 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. |
2382 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. | 2382 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. |
2383 | 2383 | ||
2384 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM | 2384 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM |
2385 | 2385 | ||
2386 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. | 2386 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. |
2387 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. | 2387 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. |
2388 | 2388 | ||
2389 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM | 2389 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM |
2390 | 2390 | ||
2391 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. | 2391 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. |
2392 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. | 2392 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. |
2393 | 2393 | ||
2394 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: | 2394 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: |
2395 | 2395 | ||
2396 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. | 2396 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. |
2397 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for | 2397 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for |
2398 | specified DTT device. | 2398 | specified DTT device. |
2399 | 2399 | ||
2400 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START | 2400 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START |
2401 | 2401 | ||
2402 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in | 2402 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in |
2403 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start | 2403 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start |
2404 | between writing the address pointer and reading the | 2404 | between writing the address pointer and reading the |
2405 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour | 2405 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour |
2406 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C | 2406 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C |
2407 | devices can use either method, but some require one or | 2407 | devices can use either method, but some require one or |
2408 | the other. | 2408 | the other. |
2409 | 2409 | ||
2410 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI | 2410 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI |
2411 | 2411 | ||
2412 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with | 2412 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with |
2413 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and | 2413 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and |
2414 | D/As on the SACSng board) | 2414 | D/As on the SACSng board) |
2415 | 2415 | ||
2416 | CONFIG_SH_SPI | 2416 | CONFIG_SH_SPI |
2417 | 2417 | ||
2418 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently | 2418 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently |
2419 | only SH7757 is supported. | 2419 | only SH7757 is supported. |
2420 | 2420 | ||
2421 | CONFIG_SPI_X | 2421 | CONFIG_SPI_X |
2422 | 2422 | ||
2423 | Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. | 2423 | Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. |
2424 | (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) | 2424 | (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) |
2425 | 2425 | ||
2426 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI | 2426 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI |
2427 | 2427 | ||
2428 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than | 2428 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than |
2429 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose | 2429 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose |
2430 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins | 2430 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins |
2431 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is | 2431 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is |
2432 | defined, the board configuration must define several | 2432 | defined, the board configuration must define several |
2433 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For | 2433 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For |
2434 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. | 2434 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. |
2435 | 2435 | ||
2436 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI | 2436 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI |
2437 | 2437 | ||
2438 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads | 2438 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads |
2439 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration | 2439 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration |
2440 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. | 2440 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. |
2441 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an | 2441 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an |
2442 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. | 2442 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. |
2443 | 2443 | ||
2444 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI | 2444 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI |
2445 | 2445 | ||
2446 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC | 2446 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC |
2447 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. | 2447 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. |
2448 | 2448 | ||
2449 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA | 2449 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA |
2450 | 2450 | ||
2451 | Enables FPGA subsystem. | 2451 | Enables FPGA subsystem. |
2452 | 2452 | ||
2453 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> | 2453 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> |
2454 | 2454 | ||
2455 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. | 2455 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. |
2456 | (ALTERA, XILINX) | 2456 | (ALTERA, XILINX) |
2457 | 2457 | ||
2458 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> | 2458 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> |
2459 | 2459 | ||
2460 | Enables support for FPGA family. | 2460 | Enables support for FPGA family. |
2461 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) | 2461 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) |
2462 | 2462 | ||
2463 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT | 2463 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT |
2464 | 2464 | ||
2465 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. | 2465 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. |
2466 | 2466 | ||
2467 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK | 2467 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK |
2468 | 2468 | ||
2469 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. | 2469 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. |
2470 | 2470 | ||
2471 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY | 2471 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY |
2472 | 2472 | ||
2473 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy | 2473 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy |
2474 | status by the configuration function. This option | 2474 | status by the configuration function. This option |
2475 | will require a board or device specific function to | 2475 | will require a board or device specific function to |
2476 | be written. | 2476 | be written. |
2477 | 2477 | ||
2478 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY | 2478 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY |
2479 | 2479 | ||
2480 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA | 2480 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA |
2481 | configuration driver. | 2481 | configuration driver. |
2482 | 2482 | ||
2483 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC | 2483 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC |
2484 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration | 2484 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration |
2485 | 2485 | ||
2486 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR | 2486 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR |
2487 | 2487 | ||
2488 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile | 2488 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile |
2489 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II | 2489 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II |
2490 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which | 2490 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which |
2491 | indicated a CRC error). | 2491 | indicated a CRC error). |
2492 | 2492 | ||
2493 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT | 2493 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT |
2494 | 2494 | ||
2495 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert | 2495 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert |
2496 | after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II | 2496 | after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II |
2497 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 | 2497 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 |
2498 | ms. | 2498 | ms. |
2499 | 2499 | ||
2500 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY | 2500 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY |
2501 | 2501 | ||
2502 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during | 2502 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during |
2503 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. | 2503 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. |
2504 | 2504 | ||
2505 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG | 2505 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG |
2506 | 2506 | ||
2507 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is | 2507 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is |
2508 | 200 ms. | 2508 | 200 ms. |
2509 | 2509 | ||
2510 | - Configuration Management: | 2510 | - Configuration Management: |
2511 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING | 2511 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING |
2512 | 2512 | ||
2513 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot | 2513 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot |
2514 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) | 2514 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) |
2515 | 2515 | ||
2516 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: | 2516 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: |
2517 | 2517 | ||
2518 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment | 2518 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment |
2519 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and | 2519 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and |
2520 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that | 2520 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that |
2521 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and | 2521 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and |
2522 | protects these variables from casual modification by | 2522 | protects these variables from casual modification by |
2523 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, | 2523 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, |
2524 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can | 2524 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can |
2525 | change this behaviour: | 2525 | change this behaviour: |
2526 | 2526 | ||
2527 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config | 2527 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config |
2528 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is | 2528 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is |
2529 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete | 2529 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete |
2530 | these parameters. | 2530 | these parameters. |
2531 | 2531 | ||
2532 | Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR | 2532 | Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR |
2533 | _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default | 2533 | _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default |
2534 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, | 2534 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, |
2535 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The | 2535 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The |
2536 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains | 2536 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains |
2537 | read-only.] | 2537 | read-only.] |
2538 | 2538 | ||
2539 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way | 2539 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way |
2540 | for any variable by configuring the type of access | 2540 | for any variable by configuring the type of access |
2541 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable | 2541 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable |
2542 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. | 2542 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. |
2543 | 2543 | ||
2544 | - Protected RAM: | 2544 | - Protected RAM: |
2545 | CONFIG_PRAM | 2545 | CONFIG_PRAM |
2546 | 2546 | ||
2547 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of | 2547 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of |
2548 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten | 2548 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten |
2549 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of | 2549 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of |
2550 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite | 2550 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite |
2551 | this default value by defining an environment | 2551 | this default value by defining an environment |
2552 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to | 2552 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to |
2553 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will | 2553 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will |
2554 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is | 2554 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is |
2555 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will | 2555 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will |
2556 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of | 2556 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of |
2557 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot | 2557 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot |
2558 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: | 2558 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: |
2559 | 2559 | ||
2560 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} | 2560 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} |
2561 | saveenv | 2561 | saveenv |
2562 | 2562 | ||
2563 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, | 2563 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, |
2564 | either, which results in a memory region that will | 2564 | either, which results in a memory region that will |
2565 | not be affected by reboots. | 2565 | not be affected by reboots. |
2566 | 2566 | ||
2567 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic | 2567 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic |
2568 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that | 2568 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that |
2569 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the | 2569 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the |
2570 | following board configurations are known to be | 2570 | following board configurations are known to be |
2571 | "pRAM-clean": | 2571 | "pRAM-clean": |
2572 | 2572 | ||
2573 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, | 2573 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, |
2574 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, | 2574 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, |
2575 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 | 2575 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 |
2576 | 2576 | ||
2577 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) | 2577 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) |
2578 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not | 2578 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not |
2579 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures | 2579 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures |
2580 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit | 2580 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit |
2581 | machines using physical address extension or similar. | 2581 | machines using physical address extension or similar. |
2582 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which | 2582 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which |
2583 | currently only supports clearing the memory. | 2583 | currently only supports clearing the memory. |
2584 | 2584 | ||
2585 | - Error Recovery: | 2585 | - Error Recovery: |
2586 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG | 2586 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG |
2587 | 2587 | ||
2588 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a | 2588 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a |
2589 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. | 2589 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. |
2590 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded | 2590 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded |
2591 | system where you want the system to reboot | 2591 | system where you want the system to reboot |
2592 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be | 2592 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be |
2593 | useful during development since you can try to debug | 2593 | useful during development since you can try to debug |
2594 | the conditions that lead to the situation. | 2594 | the conditions that lead to the situation. |
2595 | 2595 | ||
2596 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT | 2596 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT |
2597 | 2597 | ||
2598 | This variable defines the number of retries for | 2598 | This variable defines the number of retries for |
2599 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP | 2599 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP |
2600 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a | 2600 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a |
2601 | default value of 5 is used. | 2601 | default value of 5 is used. |
2602 | 2602 | ||
2603 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT | 2603 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT |
2604 | 2604 | ||
2605 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. | 2605 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. |
2606 | 2606 | ||
2607 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT | 2607 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT |
2608 | 2608 | ||
2609 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. | 2609 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. |
2610 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, | 2610 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, |
2611 | try longer timeout such as | 2611 | try longer timeout such as |
2612 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL | 2612 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL |
2613 | 2613 | ||
2614 | - Command Interpreter: | 2614 | - Command Interpreter: |
2615 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE | 2615 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE |
2616 | 2616 | ||
2617 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. | 2617 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. |
2618 | 2618 | ||
2619 | Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet | 2619 | Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet |
2620 | for the "hush" shell. | 2620 | for the "hush" shell. |
2621 | 2621 | ||
2622 | 2622 | ||
2623 | CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER | 2623 | CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER |
2624 | 2624 | ||
2625 | Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from | 2625 | Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from |
2626 | Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling | 2626 | Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling |
2627 | powerful command line syntax like | 2627 | powerful command line syntax like |
2628 | if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' | 2628 | if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' |
2629 | constructs ("shell scripts"). | 2629 | constructs ("shell scripts"). |
2630 | 2630 | ||
2631 | If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour | 2631 | If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour |
2632 | with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. | 2632 | with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. |
2633 | 2633 | ||
2634 | 2634 | ||
2635 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 | 2635 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 |
2636 | 2636 | ||
2637 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is | 2637 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is |
2638 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input | 2638 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input |
2639 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". | 2639 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". |
2640 | 2640 | ||
2641 | Note: | 2641 | Note: |
2642 | 2642 | ||
2643 | In the current implementation, the local variables | 2643 | In the current implementation, the local variables |
2644 | space and global environment variables space are | 2644 | space and global environment variables space are |
2645 | separated. Local variables are those you define by | 2645 | separated. Local variables are those you define by |
2646 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local | 2646 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local |
2647 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or | 2647 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or |
2648 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable | 2648 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable |
2649 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. | 2649 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. |
2650 | 2650 | ||
2651 | Global environment variables are those you use | 2651 | Global environment variables are those you use |
2652 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored | 2652 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored |
2653 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, | 2653 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, |
2654 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. | 2654 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. |
2655 | 2655 | ||
2656 | To store commands and special characters in a | 2656 | To store commands and special characters in a |
2657 | variable, please use double quotation marks | 2657 | variable, please use double quotation marks |
2658 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead | 2658 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead |
2659 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special | 2659 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special |
2660 | symbols. | 2660 | symbols. |
2661 | 2661 | ||
2662 | - Commandline Editing and History: | 2662 | - Commandline Editing and History: |
2663 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING | 2663 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING |
2664 | 2664 | ||
2665 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive | 2665 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive |
2666 | commandline input operations | 2666 | commandline input operations |
2667 | 2667 | ||
2668 | - Default Environment: | 2668 | - Default Environment: |
2669 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS | 2669 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS |
2670 | 2670 | ||
2671 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated | 2671 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated |
2672 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of | 2672 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of |
2673 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. | 2673 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. |
2674 | 2674 | ||
2675 | For example, place something like this in your | 2675 | For example, place something like this in your |
2676 | board's config file: | 2676 | board's config file: |
2677 | 2677 | ||
2678 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ | 2678 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ |
2679 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ | 2679 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ |
2680 | "myvar2=value2\0" | 2680 | "myvar2=value2\0" |
2681 | 2681 | ||
2682 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the | 2682 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the |
2683 | internal format how the environment is stored by the | 2683 | internal format how the environment is stored by the |
2684 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported | 2684 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported |
2685 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format | 2685 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format |
2686 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. | 2686 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. |
2687 | You better know what you are doing here. | 2687 | You better know what you are doing here. |
2688 | 2688 | ||
2689 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is | 2689 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is |
2690 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset | 2690 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset |
2691 | the environment like the "source" command or the | 2691 | the environment like the "source" command or the |
2692 | boot command first. | 2692 | boot command first. |
2693 | 2693 | ||
2694 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG | 2694 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG |
2695 | 2695 | ||
2696 | Define this in order to add variables describing the | 2696 | Define this in order to add variables describing the |
2697 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. | 2697 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. |
2698 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. | 2698 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. |
2699 | 2699 | ||
2700 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: | 2700 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: |
2701 | 2701 | ||
2702 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH | 2702 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH |
2703 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU | 2703 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU |
2704 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD | 2704 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD |
2705 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR | 2705 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR |
2706 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC | 2706 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC |
2707 | 2707 | ||
2708 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG | 2708 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG |
2709 | 2709 | ||
2710 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain | 2710 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain |
2711 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the | 2711 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the |
2712 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. | 2712 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. |
2713 | 2713 | ||
2714 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT | 2714 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT |
2715 | 2715 | ||
2716 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is | 2716 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is |
2717 | intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits | 2717 | intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits |
2718 | that so that the environment is not available until | 2718 | that so that the environment is not available until |
2719 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 2719 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
2720 | this is instead controlled by the value of | 2720 | this is instead controlled by the value of |
2721 | /config/load-environment. | 2721 | /config/load-environment. |
2722 | 2722 | ||
2723 | - DataFlash Support: | 2723 | - DataFlash Support: |
2724 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH | 2724 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH |
2725 | 2725 | ||
2726 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and | 2726 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and |
2727 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard | 2727 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard |
2728 | commands cp, md... | 2728 | commands cp, md... |
2729 | 2729 | ||
2730 | - Serial Flash support | 2730 | - Serial Flash support |
2731 | CONFIG_CMD_SF | 2731 | CONFIG_CMD_SF |
2732 | 2732 | ||
2733 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands | 2733 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands |
2734 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. | 2734 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. |
2735 | 2735 | ||
2736 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial | 2736 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial |
2737 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update | 2737 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update |
2738 | commands. | 2738 | commands. |
2739 | 2739 | ||
2740 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform | 2740 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform |
2741 | to handle the common case when only a single serial | 2741 | to handle the common case when only a single serial |
2742 | flash is present on the system. | 2742 | flash is present on the system. |
2743 | 2743 | ||
2744 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier | 2744 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier |
2745 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select | 2745 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select |
2746 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) | 2746 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) |
2747 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz | 2747 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz |
2748 | 2748 | ||
2749 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST | 2749 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST |
2750 | 2750 | ||
2751 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash | 2751 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash |
2752 | test ('sf test'). | 2752 | test ('sf test'). |
2753 | 2753 | ||
2754 | CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg | 2754 | CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg |
2755 | 2755 | ||
2756 | Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr | 2756 | Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr |
2757 | support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. | 2757 | support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. |
2758 | 2758 | ||
2759 | CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories | ||
2760 | |||
2761 | Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash | ||
2762 | memories can be connected with a given cs line. | ||
2763 | currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections. | ||
2764 | |||
2759 | - SystemACE Support: | 2765 | - SystemACE Support: |
2760 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 2766 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE |
2761 | 2767 | ||
2762 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE | 2768 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE |
2763 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address | 2769 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address |
2764 | of the chip must also be defined in the | 2770 | of the chip must also be defined in the |
2765 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: | 2771 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: |
2766 | 2772 | ||
2767 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 2773 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE |
2768 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 | 2774 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 |
2769 | 2775 | ||
2770 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type | 2776 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type |
2771 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. | 2777 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. |
2772 | 2778 | ||
2773 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: | 2779 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: |
2774 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT | 2780 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT |
2775 | 2781 | ||
2776 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp | 2782 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp |
2777 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. | 2783 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. |
2778 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port | 2784 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port |
2779 | number generator is used. | 2785 | number generator is used. |
2780 | 2786 | ||
2781 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply | 2787 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply |
2782 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't | 2788 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't |
2783 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. | 2789 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. |
2784 | 2790 | ||
2785 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to | 2791 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to |
2786 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured | 2792 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured |
2787 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of | 2793 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of |
2788 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing | 2794 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing |
2789 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. | 2795 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. |
2790 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, | 2796 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, |
2791 | but sometimes that is not allowed. | 2797 | but sometimes that is not allowed. |
2792 | 2798 | ||
2793 | - Hashing support: | 2799 | - Hashing support: |
2794 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH | 2800 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH |
2795 | 2801 | ||
2796 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce | 2802 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce |
2797 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). | 2803 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). |
2798 | 2804 | ||
2799 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY | 2805 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY |
2800 | 2806 | ||
2801 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code | 2807 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code |
2802 | size a little. | 2808 | size a little. |
2803 | 2809 | ||
2804 | CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing | 2810 | CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing |
2805 | CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing | 2811 | CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing |
2806 | 2812 | ||
2807 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps | 2813 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps |
2808 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. | 2814 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. |
2809 | 2815 | ||
2810 | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: | 2816 | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: |
2811 | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT | 2817 | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT |
2812 | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an | 2818 | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an |
2813 | HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. | 2819 | HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. |
2814 | 2820 | ||
2815 | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE | 2821 | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE |
2816 | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing | 2822 | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing |
2817 | a boot from specific media. | 2823 | a boot from specific media. |
2818 | 2824 | ||
2819 | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to | 2825 | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to |
2820 | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating | 2826 | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating |
2821 | on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal | 2827 | on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal |
2822 | will set it back to normal. This command currently | 2828 | will set it back to normal. This command currently |
2823 | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. | 2829 | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. |
2824 | 2830 | ||
2825 | - Signing support: | 2831 | - Signing support: |
2826 | CONFIG_RSA | 2832 | CONFIG_RSA |
2827 | 2833 | ||
2828 | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification | 2834 | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification |
2829 | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information. | 2835 | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information. |
2830 | 2836 | ||
2831 | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this | 2837 | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this |
2832 | option. | 2838 | option. |
2833 | 2839 | ||
2834 | 2840 | ||
2835 | - Show boot progress: | 2841 | - Show boot progress: |
2836 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS | 2842 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS |
2837 | 2843 | ||
2838 | Defining this option allows to add some board- | 2844 | Defining this option allows to add some board- |
2839 | specific code (calling a user-provided function | 2845 | specific code (calling a user-provided function |
2840 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show | 2846 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show |
2841 | the system's boot progress on some display (for | 2847 | the system's boot progress on some display (for |
2842 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, | 2848 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, |
2843 | the following checkpoints are implemented: | 2849 | the following checkpoints are implemented: |
2844 | 2850 | ||
2845 | - Detailed boot stage timing | 2851 | - Detailed boot stage timing |
2846 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE | 2852 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE |
2847 | Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage | 2853 | Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage |
2848 | of the boot process. | 2854 | of the boot process. |
2849 | 2855 | ||
2850 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT | 2856 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT |
2851 | This is the number of available user bootstage records. | 2857 | This is the number of available user bootstage records. |
2852 | Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) | 2858 | Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) |
2853 | a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed | 2859 | a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed |
2854 | the limit, recording will stop. | 2860 | the limit, recording will stop. |
2855 | 2861 | ||
2856 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT | 2862 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT |
2857 | Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: | 2863 | Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: |
2858 | 2864 | ||
2859 | Timer summary in microseconds: | 2865 | Timer summary in microseconds: |
2860 | Mark Elapsed Stage | 2866 | Mark Elapsed Stage |
2861 | 0 0 reset | 2867 | 0 0 reset |
2862 | 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start | 2868 | 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start |
2863 | 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 | 2869 | 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 |
2864 | 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done | 2870 | 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done |
2865 | 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start | 2871 | 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start |
2866 | 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop | 2872 | 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop |
2867 | 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start | 2873 | 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start |
2868 | 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel | 2874 | 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel |
2869 | 2875 | ||
2870 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE | 2876 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE |
2871 | Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report | 2877 | Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report |
2872 | and un/stashing of bootstage data. | 2878 | and un/stashing of bootstage data. |
2873 | 2879 | ||
2874 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT | 2880 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT |
2875 | Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' | 2881 | Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' |
2876 | node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child | 2882 | node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child |
2877 | has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the | 2883 | has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the |
2878 | mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the | 2884 | mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the |
2879 | accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. | 2885 | accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. |
2880 | For example: | 2886 | For example: |
2881 | 2887 | ||
2882 | bootstage { | 2888 | bootstage { |
2883 | 154 { | 2889 | 154 { |
2884 | name = "board_init_f"; | 2890 | name = "board_init_f"; |
2885 | mark = <3575678>; | 2891 | mark = <3575678>; |
2886 | }; | 2892 | }; |
2887 | 170 { | 2893 | 170 { |
2888 | name = "lcd"; | 2894 | name = "lcd"; |
2889 | accum = <33482>; | 2895 | accum = <33482>; |
2890 | }; | 2896 | }; |
2891 | }; | 2897 | }; |
2892 | 2898 | ||
2893 | Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. | 2899 | Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. |
2894 | 2900 | ||
2895 | Legacy uImage format: | 2901 | Legacy uImage format: |
2896 | 2902 | ||
2897 | Arg Where When | 2903 | Arg Where When |
2898 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image | 2904 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image |
2899 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number | 2905 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number |
2900 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number | 2906 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number |
2901 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum | 2907 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum |
2902 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum | 2908 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum |
2903 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum | 2909 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum |
2904 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum | 2910 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum |
2905 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture | 2911 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture |
2906 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | 2912 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK |
2907 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) | 2913 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) |
2908 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK | 2914 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK |
2909 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error | 2915 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error |
2910 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type | 2916 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type |
2911 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK | 2917 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK |
2912 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error | 2918 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error |
2913 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) | 2919 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) |
2914 | 2920 | ||
2915 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | 2921 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification |
2916 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number | 2922 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number |
2917 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum | 2923 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum |
2918 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK | 2924 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK |
2919 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum | 2925 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum |
2920 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum | 2926 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum |
2921 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading | 2927 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading |
2922 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) | 2928 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) |
2923 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification | 2929 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification |
2924 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. | 2930 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. |
2925 | 2931 | ||
2926 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS | 2932 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS |
2927 | 2933 | ||
2928 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system | 2934 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system |
2929 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() | 2935 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() |
2930 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() | 2936 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() |
2931 | 2937 | ||
2932 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device | 2938 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device |
2933 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command | 2939 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command |
2934 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command | 2940 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command |
2935 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device | 2941 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device |
2936 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device | 2942 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device |
2937 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 2943 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device |
2938 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available | 2944 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available |
2939 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device | 2945 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device |
2940 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK | 2946 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK |
2941 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number | 2947 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number |
2942 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | 2948 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number |
2943 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device | 2949 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device |
2944 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | 2950 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number |
2945 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device | 2951 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device |
2946 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command | 2952 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command |
2947 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command | 2953 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command |
2948 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device | 2954 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device |
2949 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found | 2955 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found |
2950 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available | 2956 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available |
2951 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available | 2957 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available |
2952 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected | 2958 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected |
2953 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected | 2959 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected |
2954 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table | 2960 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table |
2955 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found | 2961 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found |
2956 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type | 2962 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type |
2957 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type | 2963 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type |
2958 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | 2964 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device |
2959 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK | 2965 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK |
2960 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number | 2966 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number |
2961 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number | 2967 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number |
2962 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum | 2968 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum |
2963 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum | 2969 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum |
2964 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device | 2970 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device |
2965 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK | 2971 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK |
2966 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device | 2972 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device |
2967 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command | 2973 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command |
2968 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command | 2974 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command |
2969 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device | 2975 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device |
2970 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found | 2976 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found |
2971 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 2977 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device |
2972 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available | 2978 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available |
2973 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | 2979 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device |
2974 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK | 2980 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK |
2975 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number | 2981 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number |
2976 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number | 2982 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number |
2977 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device | 2983 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device |
2978 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK | 2984 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK |
2979 | 2985 | ||
2980 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default | 2986 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default |
2981 | 2987 | ||
2982 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. | 2988 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. |
2983 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. | 2989 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. |
2984 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. | 2990 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. |
2985 | 2991 | ||
2986 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong | 2992 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong |
2987 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() | 2993 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() |
2988 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred | 2994 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred |
2989 | 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error | 2995 | 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error |
2990 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) | 2996 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) |
2991 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot | 2997 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot |
2992 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command | 2998 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command |
2993 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command | 2999 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command |
2994 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors | 3000 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors |
2995 | 3001 | ||
2996 | FIT uImage format: | 3002 | FIT uImage format: |
2997 | 3003 | ||
2998 | Arg Where When | 3004 | Arg Where When |
2999 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format | 3005 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format |
3000 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format | 3006 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format |
3001 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration | 3007 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration |
3002 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage | 3008 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage |
3003 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified | 3009 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified |
3004 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset | 3010 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset |
3005 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node | 3011 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node |
3006 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset | 3012 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset |
3007 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed | 3013 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed |
3008 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK | 3014 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK |
3009 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture | 3015 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture |
3010 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | 3016 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK |
3011 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type | 3017 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type |
3012 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK | 3018 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK |
3013 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size | 3019 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size |
3014 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size | 3020 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size |
3015 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) | 3021 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) |
3016 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type | 3022 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type |
3017 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp | 3023 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp |
3018 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os | 3024 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os |
3019 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address | 3025 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address |
3020 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error | 3026 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error |
3021 | 3027 | ||
3022 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | 3028 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification |
3023 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format | 3029 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format |
3024 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format | 3030 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format |
3025 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration | 3031 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration |
3026 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage | 3032 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage |
3027 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified | 3033 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified |
3028 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset | 3034 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset |
3029 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset | 3035 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset |
3030 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed | 3036 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed |
3031 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK | 3037 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK |
3032 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture | 3038 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture |
3033 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK | 3039 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK |
3034 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size | 3040 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size |
3035 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size | 3041 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size |
3036 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address | 3042 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address |
3037 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address | 3043 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address |
3038 | 3044 | ||
3039 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3045 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3040 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK | 3046 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK |
3041 | 3047 | ||
3042 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3048 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3043 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK | 3049 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK |
3044 | 3050 | ||
3045 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3051 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3046 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK | 3052 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK |
3047 | 3053 | ||
3048 | - FIT image support: | 3054 | - FIT image support: |
3049 | CONFIG_FIT | 3055 | CONFIG_FIT |
3050 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. | 3056 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. |
3051 | 3057 | ||
3052 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH | 3058 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH |
3053 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the | 3059 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the |
3054 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of | 3060 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of |
3055 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the | 3061 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the |
3056 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. | 3062 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. |
3057 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. | 3063 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. |
3058 | 3064 | ||
3059 | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE | 3065 | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE |
3060 | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, | 3066 | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, |
3061 | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See | 3067 | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See |
3062 | doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. | 3068 | doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. |
3063 | 3069 | ||
3064 | - Standalone program support: | 3070 | - Standalone program support: |
3065 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR | 3071 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR |
3066 | 3072 | ||
3067 | This option defines a board specific value for the | 3073 | This option defines a board specific value for the |
3068 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus | 3074 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus |
3069 | overwriting the architecture dependent default | 3075 | overwriting the architecture dependent default |
3070 | settings. | 3076 | settings. |
3071 | 3077 | ||
3072 | - Frame Buffer Address: | 3078 | - Frame Buffer Address: |
3073 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR | 3079 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR |
3074 | 3080 | ||
3075 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific | 3081 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific |
3076 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case | 3082 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case |
3077 | when using a graphics controller has separate video | 3083 | when using a graphics controller has separate video |
3078 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at | 3084 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at |
3079 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it | 3085 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it |
3080 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs | 3086 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs |
3081 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the | 3087 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the |
3082 | configured panel size. | 3088 | configured panel size. |
3083 | 3089 | ||
3084 | Please see board_init_f function. | 3090 | Please see board_init_f function. |
3085 | 3091 | ||
3086 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server | 3092 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server |
3087 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP | 3093 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP |
3088 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX | 3094 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX |
3089 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX | 3095 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX |
3090 | 3096 | ||
3091 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; | 3097 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; |
3092 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. | 3098 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. |
3093 | 3099 | ||
3094 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) | 3100 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) |
3095 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE | 3101 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE |
3096 | 3102 | ||
3097 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. | 3103 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. |
3098 | Needed for mtdparts command support. | 3104 | Needed for mtdparts command support. |
3099 | 3105 | ||
3100 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS | 3106 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS |
3101 | 3107 | ||
3102 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux | 3108 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux |
3103 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. | 3109 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. |
3104 | 3110 | ||
3105 | - UBI support | 3111 | - UBI support |
3106 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI | 3112 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI |
3107 | 3113 | ||
3108 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted | 3114 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted |
3109 | with the UBI flash translation layer | 3115 | with the UBI flash translation layer |
3110 | 3116 | ||
3111 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE | 3117 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE |
3112 | 3118 | ||
3113 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 3119 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
3114 | 3120 | ||
3115 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves | 3121 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves |
3116 | warnings and errors enabled. | 3122 | warnings and errors enabled. |
3117 | 3123 | ||
3118 | - UBIFS support | 3124 | - UBIFS support |
3119 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS | 3125 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS |
3120 | 3126 | ||
3121 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as | 3127 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as |
3122 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. | 3128 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. |
3123 | 3129 | ||
3124 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO | 3130 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO |
3125 | 3131 | ||
3126 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 3132 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
3127 | 3133 | ||
3128 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves | 3134 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves |
3129 | warnings and errors enabled. | 3135 | warnings and errors enabled. |
3130 | 3136 | ||
3131 | - SPL framework | 3137 | - SPL framework |
3132 | CONFIG_SPL | 3138 | CONFIG_SPL |
3133 | Enable building of SPL globally. | 3139 | Enable building of SPL globally. |
3134 | 3140 | ||
3135 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT | 3141 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT |
3136 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. | 3142 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. |
3137 | 3143 | ||
3138 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT | 3144 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT |
3139 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. | 3145 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. |
3140 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory | 3146 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory |
3141 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 3147 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. |
3142 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3148 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3143 | must not be both defined at the same time. | 3149 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
3144 | 3150 | ||
3145 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE | 3151 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE |
3146 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and | 3152 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and |
3147 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. | 3153 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. |
3148 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does | 3154 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does |
3149 | not exceed it. | 3155 | not exceed it. |
3150 | 3156 | ||
3151 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE | 3157 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE |
3152 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. | 3158 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. |
3153 | 3159 | ||
3154 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE | 3160 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE |
3155 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to | 3161 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to |
3156 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). | 3162 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). |
3157 | 3163 | ||
3158 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR | 3164 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR |
3159 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. | 3165 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. |
3160 | 3166 | ||
3161 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3167 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3162 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. | 3168 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. |
3163 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used | 3169 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used |
3164 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 3170 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. |
3165 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3171 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3166 | must not be both defined at the same time. | 3172 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
3167 | 3173 | ||
3168 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK | 3174 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK |
3169 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use | 3175 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use |
3170 | 3176 | ||
3171 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK | 3177 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK |
3172 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after | 3178 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after |
3173 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to | 3179 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to |
3174 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. | 3180 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. |
3175 | 3181 | ||
3176 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START | 3182 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START |
3177 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 3183 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. |
3178 | 3184 | ||
3179 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE | 3185 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE |
3180 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 3186 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. |
3181 | 3187 | ||
3182 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK | 3188 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK |
3183 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework | 3189 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework |
3184 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND | 3190 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND |
3185 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. | 3191 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. |
3186 | 3192 | ||
3187 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT | 3193 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT |
3188 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information | 3194 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information |
3189 | about the running system. | 3195 | about the running system. |
3190 | 3196 | ||
3191 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL | 3197 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL |
3192 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image | 3198 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image |
3193 | 3199 | ||
3194 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT | 3200 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT |
3195 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary | 3201 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary |
3196 | 3202 | ||
3197 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT | 3203 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT |
3198 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary | 3204 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary |
3199 | 3205 | ||
3200 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT | 3206 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT |
3201 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary | 3207 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary |
3202 | 3208 | ||
3203 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT | 3209 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT |
3204 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary | 3210 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary |
3205 | 3211 | ||
3206 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT | 3212 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT |
3207 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary | 3213 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary |
3208 | 3214 | ||
3209 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, | 3215 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, |
3210 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, | 3216 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, |
3211 | CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION | 3217 | CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION |
3212 | Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from | 3218 | Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from |
3213 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. | 3219 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. |
3214 | 3220 | ||
3215 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR | 3221 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR |
3216 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being | 3222 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being |
3217 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) | 3223 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) |
3218 | 3224 | ||
3219 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, | 3225 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, |
3220 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS | 3226 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS |
3221 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument | 3227 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument |
3222 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode | 3228 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode |
3223 | (for falcon mode) | 3229 | (for falcon mode) |
3224 | 3230 | ||
3225 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT | 3231 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT |
3226 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary | 3232 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary |
3227 | 3233 | ||
3228 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME | 3234 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME |
3229 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT | 3235 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT |
3230 | 3236 | ||
3231 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME | 3237 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME |
3232 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading | 3238 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading |
3233 | from FAT (for Falcon mode) | 3239 | from FAT (for Falcon mode) |
3234 | 3240 | ||
3235 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME | 3241 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME |
3236 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters | 3242 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters |
3237 | when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) | 3243 | when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) |
3238 | 3244 | ||
3239 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND | 3245 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND |
3240 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that | 3246 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that |
3241 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before | 3247 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before |
3242 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just | 3248 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just |
3243 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). | 3249 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). |
3244 | 3250 | ||
3245 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE | 3251 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE |
3246 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires | 3252 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires |
3247 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. | 3253 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. |
3248 | 3254 | ||
3249 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS | 3255 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS |
3250 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. | 3256 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. |
3251 | 3257 | ||
3252 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC | 3258 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC |
3253 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL | 3259 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL |
3254 | 3260 | ||
3255 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE | 3261 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE |
3256 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that | 3262 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that |
3257 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. | 3263 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. |
3258 | 3264 | ||
3259 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT | 3265 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT |
3260 | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for | 3266 | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for |
3261 | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. | 3267 | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. |
3262 | 3268 | ||
3263 | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR | 3269 | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR |
3264 | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in | 3270 | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in |
3265 | SPL binary. | 3271 | SPL binary. |
3266 | 3272 | ||
3267 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, | 3273 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, |
3268 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, | 3274 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, |
3269 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, | 3275 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, |
3270 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, | 3276 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, |
3271 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES | 3277 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES |
3272 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses | 3278 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses |
3273 | to read U-Boot | 3279 | to read U-Boot |
3274 | 3280 | ||
3275 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT | 3281 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT |
3276 | Add support NAND boot | 3282 | Add support NAND boot |
3277 | 3283 | ||
3278 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS | 3284 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS |
3279 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from | 3285 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from |
3280 | 3286 | ||
3281 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST | 3287 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST |
3282 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to | 3288 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to |
3283 | 3289 | ||
3284 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE | 3290 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE |
3285 | Size of image to load | 3291 | Size of image to load |
3286 | 3292 | ||
3287 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START | 3293 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START |
3288 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to | 3294 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to |
3289 | 3295 | ||
3290 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST | 3296 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST |
3291 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the | 3297 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the |
3292 | data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. | 3298 | data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. |
3293 | 3299 | ||
3294 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND | 3300 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND |
3295 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the | 3301 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the |
3296 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. | 3302 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. |
3297 | 3303 | ||
3298 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT | 3304 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT |
3299 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary | 3305 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary |
3300 | 3306 | ||
3301 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT | 3307 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT |
3302 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary | 3308 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary |
3303 | 3309 | ||
3304 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT | 3310 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT |
3305 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary | 3311 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary |
3306 | 3312 | ||
3307 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE | 3313 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE |
3308 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary | 3314 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary |
3309 | 3315 | ||
3310 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT | 3316 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT |
3311 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary | 3317 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary |
3312 | 3318 | ||
3313 | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT | 3319 | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT |
3314 | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary | 3320 | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary |
3315 | 3321 | ||
3316 | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT | 3322 | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT |
3317 | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. | 3323 | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. |
3318 | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by | 3324 | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by |
3319 | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE | 3325 | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE |
3320 | 3326 | ||
3321 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO | 3327 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO |
3322 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending | 3328 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending |
3323 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 3329 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as |
3324 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 3330 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. |
3325 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 3331 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL |
3326 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 3332 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. |
3327 | 3333 | ||
3328 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET | 3334 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET |
3329 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs | 3335 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs |
3330 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for | 3336 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for |
3331 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. | 3337 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. |
3332 | 3338 | ||
3333 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT | 3339 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT |
3334 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of | 3340 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of |
3335 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this | 3341 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this |
3336 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the | 3342 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the |
3337 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. | 3343 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. |
3338 | 3344 | ||
3339 | - TPL framework | 3345 | - TPL framework |
3340 | CONFIG_TPL | 3346 | CONFIG_TPL |
3341 | Enable building of TPL globally. | 3347 | Enable building of TPL globally. |
3342 | 3348 | ||
3343 | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO | 3349 | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO |
3344 | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending | 3350 | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending |
3345 | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 3351 | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as |
3346 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 3352 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. |
3347 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 3353 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL |
3348 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 3354 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. |
3349 | 3355 | ||
3350 | Modem Support: | 3356 | Modem Support: |
3351 | -------------- | 3357 | -------------- |
3352 | 3358 | ||
3353 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] | 3359 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] |
3354 | 3360 | ||
3355 | - Modem support enable: | 3361 | - Modem support enable: |
3356 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT | 3362 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT |
3357 | 3363 | ||
3358 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: | 3364 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: |
3359 | CONFIG_HWFLOW | 3365 | CONFIG_HWFLOW |
3360 | 3366 | ||
3361 | - Modem debug support: | 3367 | - Modem debug support: |
3362 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG | 3368 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG |
3363 | 3369 | ||
3364 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) | 3370 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) |
3365 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. | 3371 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. |
3366 | 3372 | ||
3367 | - Interrupt support (PPC): | 3373 | - Interrupt support (PPC): |
3368 | 3374 | ||
3369 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() | 3375 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() |
3370 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() | 3376 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() |
3371 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() | 3377 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() |
3372 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If | 3378 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If |
3373 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt | 3379 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt |
3374 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. | 3380 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. |
3375 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU | 3381 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU |
3376 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led | 3382 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led |
3377 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from | 3383 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from |
3378 | general timer_interrupt(). | 3384 | general timer_interrupt(). |
3379 | 3385 | ||
3380 | - General: | 3386 | - General: |
3381 | 3387 | ||
3382 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a | 3388 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a |
3383 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during | 3389 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during |
3384 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally | 3390 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally |
3385 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from | 3391 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from |
3386 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy | 3392 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy |
3387 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem | 3393 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem |
3388 | initialization. | 3394 | initialization. |
3389 | 3395 | ||
3390 | If there are no modem init strings in the | 3396 | If there are no modem init strings in the |
3391 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the | 3397 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the |
3392 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be | 3398 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be |
3393 | suppressed, though. | 3399 | suppressed, though. |
3394 | 3400 | ||
3395 | See also: doc/README.Modem | 3401 | See also: doc/README.Modem |
3396 | 3402 | ||
3397 | Board initialization settings: | 3403 | Board initialization settings: |
3398 | ------------------------------ | 3404 | ------------------------------ |
3399 | 3405 | ||
3400 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions | 3406 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions |
3401 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup | 3407 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup |
3402 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the | 3408 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the |
3403 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is | 3409 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is |
3404 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c | 3410 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c |
3405 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). | 3411 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). |
3406 | 3412 | ||
3407 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() | 3413 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() |
3408 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() | 3414 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() |
3409 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() | 3415 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() |
3410 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() | 3416 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() |
3411 | 3417 | ||
3412 | Configuration Settings: | 3418 | Configuration Settings: |
3413 | ----------------------- | 3419 | ----------------------- |
3414 | 3420 | ||
3415 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; | 3421 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; |
3416 | undefine this when you're short of memory. | 3422 | undefine this when you're short of memory. |
3417 | 3423 | ||
3418 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default | 3424 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default |
3419 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. | 3425 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. |
3420 | 3426 | ||
3421 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to | 3427 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to |
3422 | prompt for user input. | 3428 | prompt for user input. |
3423 | 3429 | ||
3424 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console | 3430 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console |
3425 | 3431 | ||
3426 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output | 3432 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output |
3427 | 3433 | ||
3428 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands | 3434 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands |
3429 | 3435 | ||
3430 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to | 3436 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to |
3431 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is | 3437 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is |
3432 | booted | 3438 | booted |
3433 | 3439 | ||
3434 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: | 3440 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: |
3435 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. | 3441 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. |
3436 | 3442 | ||
3437 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET | 3443 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET |
3438 | Suppress display of console information at boot. | 3444 | Suppress display of console information at boot. |
3439 | 3445 | ||
3440 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 3446 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
3441 | If the board specific function | 3447 | If the board specific function |
3442 | extern int overwrite_console (void); | 3448 | extern int overwrite_console (void); |
3443 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the | 3449 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the |
3444 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. | 3450 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. |
3445 | 3451 | ||
3446 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE | 3452 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE |
3447 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). | 3453 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). |
3448 | 3454 | ||
3449 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE | 3455 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE |
3450 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. | 3456 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. |
3451 | 3457 | ||
3452 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: | 3458 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: |
3453 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the | 3459 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the |
3454 | simple memory test. | 3460 | simple memory test. |
3455 | 3461 | ||
3456 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: | 3462 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: |
3457 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. | 3463 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. |
3458 | 3464 | ||
3459 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: | 3465 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: |
3460 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test | 3466 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test |
3461 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable | 3467 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable |
3462 | 3468 | ||
3463 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): | 3469 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): |
3464 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, | 3470 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, |
3465 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top | 3471 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top |
3466 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By | 3472 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By |
3467 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed | 3473 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed |
3468 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. | 3474 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. |
3469 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux | 3475 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux |
3470 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that | 3476 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that |
3471 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup | 3477 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup |
3472 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. | 3478 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. |
3473 | 3479 | ||
3474 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx | 3480 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx |
3475 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't | 3481 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't |
3476 | be touched. | 3482 | be touched. |
3477 | 3483 | ||
3478 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of | 3484 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of |
3479 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, | 3485 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, |
3480 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a | 3486 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a |
3481 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major | 3487 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major |
3482 | problems. | 3488 | problems. |
3483 | 3489 | ||
3484 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: | 3490 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: |
3485 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download | 3491 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download |
3486 | 3492 | ||
3487 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: | 3493 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: |
3488 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. | 3494 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. |
3489 | 3495 | ||
3490 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: | 3496 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: |
3491 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a | 3497 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a |
3492 | Cogent motherboard) | 3498 | Cogent motherboard) |
3493 | 3499 | ||
3494 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: | 3500 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: |
3495 | Physical start address of Flash memory. | 3501 | Physical start address of Flash memory. |
3496 | 3502 | ||
3497 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: | 3503 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: |
3498 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by | 3504 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by |
3499 | make config files to be same as the text base address | 3505 | make config files to be same as the text base address |
3500 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as | 3506 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as |
3501 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. | 3507 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. |
3502 | 3508 | ||
3503 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: | 3509 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: |
3504 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to | 3510 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to |
3505 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is | 3511 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is |
3506 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate | 3512 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate |
3507 | flash sector. | 3513 | flash sector. |
3508 | 3514 | ||
3509 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: | 3515 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: |
3510 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. | 3516 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. |
3511 | 3517 | ||
3512 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: | 3518 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: |
3513 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an | 3519 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an |
3514 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, | 3520 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, |
3515 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file | 3521 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file |
3516 | to adjust this setting to your needs. | 3522 | to adjust this setting to your needs. |
3517 | 3523 | ||
3518 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: | 3524 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: |
3519 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of | 3525 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of |
3520 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by | 3526 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by |
3521 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if | 3527 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if |
3522 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" | 3528 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" |
3523 | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case | 3529 | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case |
3524 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" | 3530 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" |
3525 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment | 3531 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment |
3526 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of | 3532 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of |
3527 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, | 3533 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, |
3528 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. | 3534 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. |
3529 | 3535 | ||
3530 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: | 3536 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: |
3531 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the | 3537 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the |
3532 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand | 3538 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand |
3533 | is enabled. | 3539 | is enabled. |
3534 | 3540 | ||
3535 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: | 3541 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: |
3536 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between | 3542 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between |
3537 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 3543 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. |
3538 | 3544 | ||
3539 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: | 3545 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: |
3540 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in | 3546 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in |
3541 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 3547 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. |
3542 | 3548 | ||
3543 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: | 3549 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: |
3544 | Max number of Flash memory banks | 3550 | Max number of Flash memory banks |
3545 | 3551 | ||
3546 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: | 3552 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: |
3547 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip | 3553 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip |
3548 | 3554 | ||
3549 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: | 3555 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: |
3550 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) | 3556 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) |
3551 | 3557 | ||
3552 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: | 3558 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: |
3553 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) | 3559 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) |
3554 | 3560 | ||
3555 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT | 3561 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT |
3556 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) | 3562 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) |
3557 | 3563 | ||
3558 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT | 3564 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT |
3559 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) | 3565 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) |
3560 | 3566 | ||
3561 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION | 3567 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION |
3562 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used | 3568 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used |
3563 | instead of U-Boot software protection. | 3569 | instead of U-Boot software protection. |
3564 | 3570 | ||
3565 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: | 3571 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: |
3566 | 3572 | ||
3567 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; | 3573 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; |
3568 | without this option such a download has to be | 3574 | without this option such a download has to be |
3569 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) | 3575 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) |
3570 | copy from RAM to flash. | 3576 | copy from RAM to flash. |
3571 | 3577 | ||
3572 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since | 3578 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since |
3573 | you can check if the download worked before you erase | 3579 | you can check if the download worked before you erase |
3574 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is | 3580 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is |
3575 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the | 3581 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the |
3576 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. | 3582 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. |
3577 | 3583 | ||
3578 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: | 3584 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: |
3579 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the | 3585 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the |
3580 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. | 3586 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. |
3581 | 3587 | ||
3582 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER | 3588 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER |
3583 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver | 3589 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver |
3584 | in the drivers directory | 3590 | in the drivers directory |
3585 | 3591 | ||
3586 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD | 3592 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD |
3587 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver | 3593 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver |
3588 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash | 3594 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash |
3589 | to the MTD layer. | 3595 | to the MTD layer. |
3590 | 3596 | ||
3591 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE | 3597 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE |
3592 | Use buffered writes to flash. | 3598 | Use buffered writes to flash. |
3593 | 3599 | ||
3594 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N | 3600 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N |
3595 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered | 3601 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered |
3596 | write commands. | 3602 | write commands. |
3597 | 3603 | ||
3598 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST | 3604 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST |
3599 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't | 3605 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't |
3600 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This | 3606 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This |
3601 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only | 3607 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only |
3602 | optionally available. | 3608 | optionally available. |
3603 | 3609 | ||
3604 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS | 3610 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS |
3605 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown | 3611 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown |
3606 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 | 3612 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 |
3607 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. | 3613 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. |
3608 | 3614 | ||
3609 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY | 3615 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY |
3610 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared | 3616 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared |
3611 | against the source after the write operation. An error message | 3617 | against the source after the write operation. An error message |
3612 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. | 3618 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. |
3613 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, | 3619 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, |
3614 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier | 3620 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier |
3615 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable | 3621 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable |
3616 | this option if you really know what you are doing. | 3622 | this option if you really know what you are doing. |
3617 | 3623 | ||
3618 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: | 3624 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: |
3619 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some | 3625 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some |
3620 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value | 3626 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value |
3621 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all | 3627 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all |
3622 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface | 3628 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface |
3623 | on high Ethernet traffic. | 3629 | on high Ethernet traffic. |
3624 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. | 3630 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. |
3625 | 3631 | ||
3626 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES | 3632 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES |
3627 | 3633 | ||
3628 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used | 3634 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used |
3629 | internally to store the environment settings. The default | 3635 | internally to store the environment settings. The default |
3630 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most | 3636 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most |
3631 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see | 3637 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see |
3632 | lib/hashtable.c for details. | 3638 | lib/hashtable.c for details. |
3633 | 3639 | ||
3634 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 3640 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
3635 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 3641 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC |
3636 | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when | 3642 | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when |
3637 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, | 3643 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, |
3638 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, | 3644 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, |
3639 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. | 3645 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. |
3640 | 3646 | ||
3641 | The format of the list is: | 3647 | The format of the list is: |
3642 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] | 3648 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] |
3643 | access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] | 3649 | access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] |
3644 | attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] | 3650 | attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] |
3645 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] | 3651 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] |
3646 | list = entry[,list] | 3652 | list = entry[,list] |
3647 | 3653 | ||
3648 | The type attributes are: | 3654 | The type attributes are: |
3649 | s - String (default) | 3655 | s - String (default) |
3650 | d - Decimal | 3656 | d - Decimal |
3651 | x - Hexadecimal | 3657 | x - Hexadecimal |
3652 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) | 3658 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) |
3653 | i - IP address | 3659 | i - IP address |
3654 | m - MAC address | 3660 | m - MAC address |
3655 | 3661 | ||
3656 | The access attributes are: | 3662 | The access attributes are: |
3657 | a - Any (default) | 3663 | a - Any (default) |
3658 | r - Read-only | 3664 | r - Read-only |
3659 | o - Write-once | 3665 | o - Write-once |
3660 | c - Change-default | 3666 | c - Change-default |
3661 | 3667 | ||
3662 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 3668 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
3663 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" | 3669 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" |
3664 | envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 3670 | envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. |
3665 | 3671 | ||
3666 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 3672 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC |
3667 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that | 3673 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that |
3668 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" | 3674 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" |
3669 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static | 3675 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static |
3670 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the | 3676 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the |
3671 | ".flags" variable. | 3677 | ".flags" variable. |
3672 | 3678 | ||
3673 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE | 3679 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE |
3674 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable | 3680 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable |
3675 | access flags. | 3681 | access flags. |
3676 | 3682 | ||
3677 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD | 3683 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD |
3678 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the | 3684 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the |
3679 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards | 3685 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards |
3680 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the | 3686 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the |
3681 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and | 3687 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and |
3682 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture | 3688 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture |
3683 | must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in | 3689 | must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in |
3684 | its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on | 3690 | its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on |
3685 | your board please report the problem and send patches! | 3691 | your board please report the problem and send patches! |
3686 | 3692 | ||
3687 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS | 3693 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS |
3688 | This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols | 3694 | This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols |
3689 | instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an | 3695 | instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an |
3690 | offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than | 3696 | offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than |
3691 | directly. You should not need to touch this setting. | 3697 | directly. You should not need to touch this setting. |
3692 | 3698 | ||
3693 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) | 3699 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) |
3694 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should | 3700 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should |
3695 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how | 3701 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how |
3696 | the value can be calulated on a given board. | 3702 | the value can be calulated on a given board. |
3697 | 3703 | ||
3698 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management | 3704 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management |
3699 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the | 3705 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the |
3700 | following configurations: | 3706 | following configurations: |
3701 | 3707 | ||
3702 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: | 3708 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: |
3703 | 3709 | ||
3704 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils | 3710 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils |
3705 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. | 3711 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. |
3706 | 3712 | ||
3707 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: | 3713 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: |
3708 | 3714 | ||
3709 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. | 3715 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. |
3710 | 3716 | ||
3711 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is | 3717 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is |
3712 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This | 3718 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This |
3713 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot | 3719 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot |
3714 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller | 3720 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller |
3715 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a | 3721 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a |
3716 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In | 3722 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In |
3717 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the | 3723 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the |
3718 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With | 3724 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With |
3719 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the | 3725 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the |
3720 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap | 3726 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap |
3721 | between U-Boot and the environment. | 3727 | between U-Boot and the environment. |
3722 | 3728 | ||
3723 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3729 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3724 | 3730 | ||
3725 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the | 3731 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the |
3726 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot | 3732 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot |
3727 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset | 3733 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset |
3728 | for this sector is given here. | 3734 | for this sector is given here. |
3729 | 3735 | ||
3730 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. | 3736 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. |
3731 | 3737 | ||
3732 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3738 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3733 | 3739 | ||
3734 | This is just another way to specify the start address of | 3740 | This is just another way to specify the start address of |
3735 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of | 3741 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of |
3736 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). | 3742 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). |
3737 | 3743 | ||
3738 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: | 3744 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: |
3739 | 3745 | ||
3740 | Size of the sector containing the environment. | 3746 | Size of the sector containing the environment. |
3741 | 3747 | ||
3742 | 3748 | ||
3743 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. | 3749 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. |
3744 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for | 3750 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for |
3745 | the environment. | 3751 | the environment. |
3746 | 3752 | ||
3747 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3753 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3748 | 3754 | ||
3749 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH | 3755 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH |
3750 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part | 3756 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part |
3751 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves | 3757 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves |
3752 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. | 3758 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. |
3753 | 3759 | ||
3754 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this | 3760 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this |
3755 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, | 3761 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, |
3756 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used | 3762 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used |
3757 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is | 3763 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is |
3758 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: | 3764 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: |
3759 | updating the environment in flash makes it always | 3765 | updating the environment in flash makes it always |
3760 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes | 3766 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes |
3761 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in | 3767 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in |
3762 | RAM, your target system will be dead. | 3768 | RAM, your target system will be dead. |
3763 | 3769 | ||
3764 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND | 3770 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND |
3765 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND | 3771 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND |
3766 | 3772 | ||
3767 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold | 3773 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold |
3768 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is | 3774 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is |
3769 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during | 3775 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during |
3770 | a "saveenv" operation. | 3776 | a "saveenv" operation. |
3771 | 3777 | ||
3772 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the | 3778 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the |
3773 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* | 3779 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* |
3774 | accordingly! | 3780 | accordingly! |
3775 | 3781 | ||
3776 | 3782 | ||
3777 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: | 3783 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: |
3778 | 3784 | ||
3779 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device | 3785 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device |
3780 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the | 3786 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the |
3781 | environment. | 3787 | environment. |
3782 | 3788 | ||
3783 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3789 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3784 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3790 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3785 | 3791 | ||
3786 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you | 3792 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you |
3787 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory | 3793 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory |
3788 | can just be read and written to, without any special | 3794 | can just be read and written to, without any special |
3789 | provision. | 3795 | provision. |
3790 | 3796 | ||
3791 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early | 3797 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early |
3792 | in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the | 3798 | in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the |
3793 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or | 3799 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or |
3794 | U-Boot will hang. | 3800 | U-Boot will hang. |
3795 | 3801 | ||
3796 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the | 3802 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the |
3797 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to | 3803 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to |
3798 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" | 3804 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" |
3799 | to save the current settings. | 3805 | to save the current settings. |
3800 | 3806 | ||
3801 | 3807 | ||
3802 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: | 3808 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: |
3803 | 3809 | ||
3804 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access | 3810 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access |
3805 | device and a driver for it. | 3811 | device and a driver for it. |
3806 | 3812 | ||
3807 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3813 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3808 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3814 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3809 | 3815 | ||
3810 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the | 3816 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the |
3811 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. | 3817 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. |
3812 | 3818 | ||
3813 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: | 3819 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: |
3814 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. | 3820 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. |
3815 | The default address is zero. | 3821 | The default address is zero. |
3816 | 3822 | ||
3817 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: | 3823 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: |
3818 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a | 3824 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a |
3819 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example | 3825 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example |
3820 | would require six bits. | 3826 | would require six bits. |
3821 | 3827 | ||
3822 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: | 3828 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: |
3823 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between | 3829 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between |
3824 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. | 3830 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. |
3825 | 3831 | ||
3826 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: | 3832 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: |
3827 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note | 3833 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note |
3828 | that this is NOT the chip address length! | 3834 | that this is NOT the chip address length! |
3829 | 3835 | ||
3830 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: | 3836 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: |
3831 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones | 3837 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones |
3832 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of | 3838 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of |
3833 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit | 3839 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit |
3834 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 | 3840 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 |
3835 | byte chips. | 3841 | byte chips. |
3836 | 3842 | ||
3837 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to | 3843 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to |
3838 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden | 3844 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden |
3839 | in the chip address. | 3845 | in the chip address. |
3840 | 3846 | ||
3841 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: | 3847 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: |
3842 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. | 3848 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. |
3843 | 3849 | ||
3844 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C | 3850 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C |
3845 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your | 3851 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your |
3846 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. | 3852 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. |
3847 | 3853 | ||
3848 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS | 3854 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS |
3849 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over | 3855 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over |
3850 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this | 3856 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this |
3851 | EEPROM. For example: | 3857 | EEPROM. For example: |
3852 | 3858 | ||
3853 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 | 3859 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 |
3854 | 3860 | ||
3855 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over | 3861 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over |
3856 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. | 3862 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. |
3857 | 3863 | ||
3858 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: | 3864 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: |
3859 | 3865 | ||
3860 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you | 3866 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you |
3861 | want to use for the environment. | 3867 | want to use for the environment. |
3862 | 3868 | ||
3863 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3869 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3864 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3870 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3865 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3871 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3866 | 3872 | ||
3867 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the | 3873 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the |
3868 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed | 3874 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed |
3869 | at the specified address. | 3875 | at the specified address. |
3870 | 3876 | ||
3871 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: | 3877 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: |
3872 | 3878 | ||
3873 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you | 3879 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you |
3874 | want to use for the local device's environment. | 3880 | want to use for the local device's environment. |
3875 | 3881 | ||
3876 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3882 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3877 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3883 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3878 | 3884 | ||
3879 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the | 3885 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the |
3880 | environment area within the remote memory space. The | 3886 | environment area within the remote memory space. The |
3881 | local device can get the environment from remote memory | 3887 | local device can get the environment from remote memory |
3882 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. | 3888 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. |
3883 | 3889 | ||
3884 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use | 3890 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use |
3885 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the | 3891 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the |
3886 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, | 3892 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, |
3887 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. | 3893 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. |
3888 | 3894 | ||
3889 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: | 3895 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: |
3890 | 3896 | ||
3891 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use | 3897 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use |
3892 | for the environment. | 3898 | for the environment. |
3893 | 3899 | ||
3894 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3900 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3895 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3901 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3896 | 3902 | ||
3897 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 3903 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment |
3898 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be | 3904 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be |
3899 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 3905 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
3900 | 3906 | ||
3901 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 3907 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
3902 | 3908 | ||
3903 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE | 3909 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE |
3904 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so | 3910 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so |
3905 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure | 3911 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure |
3906 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be | 3912 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be |
3907 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 3913 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
3908 | 3914 | ||
3909 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): | 3915 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): |
3910 | 3916 | ||
3911 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment | 3917 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment |
3912 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's | 3918 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's |
3913 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than | 3919 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than |
3914 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within | 3920 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within |
3915 | the range to be avoided. | 3921 | the range to be avoided. |
3916 | 3922 | ||
3917 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): | 3923 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): |
3918 | 3924 | ||
3919 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the | 3925 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the |
3920 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The | 3926 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The |
3921 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. | 3927 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. |
3922 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when | 3928 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when |
3923 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. | 3929 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. |
3924 | 3930 | ||
3925 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST | 3931 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST |
3926 | 3932 | ||
3927 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the | 3933 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the |
3928 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to | 3934 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to |
3929 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 3935 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. |
3930 | 3936 | ||
3931 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: | 3937 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: |
3932 | 3938 | ||
3933 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the | 3939 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the |
3934 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment | 3940 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment |
3935 | accesses, which is important on NAND. | 3941 | accesses, which is important on NAND. |
3936 | 3942 | ||
3937 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: | 3943 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: |
3938 | 3944 | ||
3939 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. | 3945 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. |
3940 | 3946 | ||
3941 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: | 3947 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: |
3942 | 3948 | ||
3943 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the | 3949 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the |
3944 | environment in. | 3950 | environment in. |
3945 | 3951 | ||
3946 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: | 3952 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: |
3947 | 3953 | ||
3948 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of | 3954 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of |
3949 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. | 3955 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. |
3950 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. | 3956 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. |
3951 | 3957 | ||
3952 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 3958 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
3953 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 3959 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
3954 | 3960 | ||
3955 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system | 3961 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system |
3956 | when storing the env in UBI. | 3962 | when storing the env in UBI. |
3957 | 3963 | ||
3958 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: | 3964 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: |
3959 | 3965 | ||
3960 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the | 3966 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the |
3961 | environment. | 3967 | environment. |
3962 | 3968 | ||
3963 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: | 3969 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: |
3964 | 3970 | ||
3965 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. | 3971 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. |
3966 | 3972 | ||
3967 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): | 3973 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): |
3968 | 3974 | ||
3969 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not | 3975 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not |
3970 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be | 3976 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be |
3971 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). | 3977 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). |
3972 | 3978 | ||
3973 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3979 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3974 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3980 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3975 | 3981 | ||
3976 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 3982 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment |
3977 | area within the specified MMC device. | 3983 | area within the specified MMC device. |
3978 | 3984 | ||
3979 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to | 3985 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to |
3980 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated | 3986 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated |
3981 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if | 3987 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if |
3982 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have | 3988 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have |
3983 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the | 3989 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the |
3984 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the | 3990 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the |
3985 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. | 3991 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. |
3986 | 3992 | ||
3987 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an | 3993 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an |
3988 | MMC sector boundary. | 3994 | MMC sector boundary. |
3989 | 3995 | ||
3990 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 3996 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
3991 | 3997 | ||
3992 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to | 3998 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to |
3993 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a | 3999 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a |
3994 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due | 4000 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due |
3995 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. | 4001 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. |
3996 | 4002 | ||
3997 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the | 4003 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the |
3998 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. | 4004 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. |
3999 | 4005 | ||
4000 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to | 4006 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to |
4001 | an MMC sector boundary. | 4007 | an MMC sector boundary. |
4002 | 4008 | ||
4003 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): | 4009 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): |
4004 | 4010 | ||
4005 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is | 4011 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is |
4006 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as | 4012 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as |
4007 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 4013 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. |
4008 | 4014 | ||
4009 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET | 4015 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET |
4010 | 4016 | ||
4011 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The | 4017 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The |
4012 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment | 4018 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment |
4013 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte | 4019 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte |
4014 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization | 4020 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization |
4015 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems | 4021 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems |
4016 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the | 4022 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the |
4017 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. | 4023 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. |
4018 | 4024 | ||
4019 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor | 4025 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor |
4020 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been | 4026 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been |
4021 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() | 4027 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() |
4022 | until then to read environment variables. | 4028 | until then to read environment variables. |
4023 | 4029 | ||
4024 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor | 4030 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor |
4025 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working | 4031 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working |
4026 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is | 4032 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is |
4027 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the | 4033 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the |
4028 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't | 4034 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't |
4029 | have any device yet where we could complain.] | 4035 | have any device yet where we could complain.] |
4030 | 4036 | ||
4031 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if | 4037 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if |
4032 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you | 4038 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you |
4033 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. | 4039 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. |
4034 | 4040 | ||
4035 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: | 4041 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: |
4036 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. | 4042 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. |
4037 | 4043 | ||
4038 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR | 4044 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR |
4039 | also needs to be defined. | 4045 | also needs to be defined. |
4040 | 4046 | ||
4041 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: | 4047 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: |
4042 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. | 4048 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. |
4043 | 4049 | ||
4044 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: | 4050 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: |
4045 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init | 4051 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init |
4046 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at | 4052 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at |
4047 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving | 4053 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving |
4048 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not | 4054 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not |
4049 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. | 4055 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. |
4050 | 4056 | ||
4051 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO | 4057 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO |
4052 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on | 4058 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on |
4053 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called | 4059 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called |
4054 | to do this. | 4060 | to do this. |
4055 | 4061 | ||
4056 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE | 4062 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE |
4057 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information | 4063 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information |
4058 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if | 4064 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if |
4059 | present. | 4065 | present. |
4060 | 4066 | ||
4061 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: | 4067 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: |
4062 | --------------------------------------------------- | 4068 | --------------------------------------------------- |
4063 | 4069 | ||
4064 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: | 4070 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: |
4065 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. | 4071 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. |
4066 | 4072 | ||
4067 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: | 4073 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: |
4068 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. | 4074 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. |
4069 | 4075 | ||
4070 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, | 4076 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, |
4071 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of | 4077 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of |
4072 | the IMMR register after a reset. | 4078 | the IMMR register after a reset. |
4073 | 4079 | ||
4074 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: | 4080 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: |
4075 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale | 4081 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale |
4076 | PowerPC SOCs. | 4082 | PowerPC SOCs. |
4077 | 4083 | ||
4078 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: | 4084 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: |
4079 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically | 4085 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically |
4080 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. | 4086 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. |
4081 | 4087 | ||
4082 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, | 4088 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, |
4083 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. | 4089 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. |
4084 | 4090 | ||
4085 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: | 4091 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: |
4086 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new | 4092 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new |
4087 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should | 4093 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should |
4088 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the | 4094 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the |
4089 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR | 4095 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR |
4090 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended | 4096 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended |
4091 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: | 4097 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: |
4092 | 4098 | ||
4093 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH | 4099 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH |
4094 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) | 4100 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) |
4095 | 4101 | ||
4096 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: | 4102 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: |
4097 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically | 4103 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically |
4098 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is | 4104 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is |
4099 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 4105 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
4100 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 4106 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). |
4101 | 4107 | ||
4102 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: | 4108 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: |
4103 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is | 4109 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is |
4104 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 4110 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
4105 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 4111 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). |
4106 | 4112 | ||
4107 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: | 4113 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: |
4108 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be | 4114 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be |
4109 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. | 4115 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. |
4110 | 4116 | ||
4111 | - Floppy Disk Support: | 4117 | - Floppy Disk Support: |
4112 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER | 4118 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER |
4113 | 4119 | ||
4114 | the default drive number (default value 0) | 4120 | the default drive number (default value 0) |
4115 | 4121 | ||
4116 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE | 4122 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE |
4117 | 4123 | ||
4118 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers | 4124 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers |
4119 | (default value 1) | 4125 | (default value 1) |
4120 | 4126 | ||
4121 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET | 4127 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET |
4122 | 4128 | ||
4123 | defines the offset of register from address. It | 4129 | defines the offset of register from address. It |
4124 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to | 4130 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to |
4125 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) | 4131 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) |
4126 | 4132 | ||
4127 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and | 4133 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and |
4128 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their | 4134 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their |
4129 | default value. | 4135 | default value. |
4130 | 4136 | ||
4131 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function | 4137 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function |
4132 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC | 4138 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC |
4133 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board | 4139 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board |
4134 | source code. It is used to make hardware dependant | 4140 | source code. It is used to make hardware dependant |
4135 | initializations. | 4141 | initializations. |
4136 | 4142 | ||
4137 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: | 4143 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: |
4138 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI | 4144 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI |
4139 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. | 4145 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. |
4140 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to | 4146 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to |
4141 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional | 4147 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional |
4142 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller | 4148 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller |
4143 | is requierd. | 4149 | is requierd. |
4144 | 4150 | ||
4145 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. | 4151 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. |
4146 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're | 4152 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're |
4147 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] | 4153 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] |
4148 | 4154 | ||
4149 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: | 4155 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: |
4150 | 4156 | ||
4151 | Start address of memory area that can be used for | 4157 | Start address of memory area that can be used for |
4152 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be | 4158 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be |
4153 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special | 4159 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special |
4154 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which | 4160 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which |
4155 | will become available only after programming the | 4161 | will become available only after programming the |
4156 | memory controller and running certain initialization | 4162 | memory controller and running certain initialization |
4157 | sequences. | 4163 | sequences. |
4158 | 4164 | ||
4159 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: | 4165 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: |
4160 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) | 4166 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) |
4161 | - MPC824X: data cache | 4167 | - MPC824X: data cache |
4162 | - PPC4xx: data cache | 4168 | - PPC4xx: data cache |
4163 | 4169 | ||
4164 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: | 4170 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: |
4165 | 4171 | ||
4166 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory | 4172 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory |
4167 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually | 4173 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually |
4168 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial | 4174 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial |
4169 | data is located at the end of the available space | 4175 | data is located at the end of the available space |
4170 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - | 4176 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - |
4171 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just | 4177 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just |
4172 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + | 4178 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + |
4173 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. | 4179 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. |
4174 | 4180 | ||
4175 | Note: | 4181 | Note: |
4176 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data | 4182 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data |
4177 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for | 4183 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for |
4178 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must | 4184 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must |
4179 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between | 4185 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between |
4180 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. | 4186 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. |
4181 | 4187 | ||
4182 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) | 4188 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) |
4183 | 4189 | ||
4184 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) | 4190 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) |
4185 | 4191 | ||
4186 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) | 4192 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) |
4187 | 4193 | ||
4188 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) | 4194 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) |
4189 | 4195 | ||
4190 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) | 4196 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) |
4191 | 4197 | ||
4192 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) | 4198 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) |
4193 | 4199 | ||
4194 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: | 4200 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: |
4195 | SDRAM timing | 4201 | SDRAM timing |
4196 | 4202 | ||
4197 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: | 4203 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: |
4198 | periodic timer for refresh | 4204 | periodic timer for refresh |
4199 | 4205 | ||
4200 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) | 4206 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) |
4201 | 4207 | ||
4202 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, | 4208 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, |
4203 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, | 4209 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, |
4204 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, | 4210 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, |
4205 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: | 4211 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: |
4206 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) | 4212 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) |
4207 | 4213 | ||
4208 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, | 4214 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, |
4209 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, | 4215 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, |
4210 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: | 4216 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: |
4211 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) | 4217 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) |
4212 | 4218 | ||
4213 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, | 4219 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, |
4214 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: | 4220 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: |
4215 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer | 4221 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer |
4216 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) | 4222 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) |
4217 | 4223 | ||
4218 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4224 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4219 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4225 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4220 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] | 4226 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] |
4221 | 4227 | ||
4222 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4228 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4223 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4229 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4224 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] | 4230 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] |
4225 | 4231 | ||
4226 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4232 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4227 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4233 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4228 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] | 4234 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] |
4229 | 4235 | ||
4230 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: | 4236 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: |
4231 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, | 4237 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, |
4232 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read | 4238 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read |
4233 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! | 4239 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! |
4234 | 4240 | ||
4235 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) | 4241 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) |
4236 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post | 4242 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post |
4237 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides | 4243 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides |
4238 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. | 4244 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. |
4239 | cpm_8260.h. | 4245 | cpm_8260.h. |
4240 | 4246 | ||
4241 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 4247 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
4242 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, | 4248 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, |
4243 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, | 4249 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, |
4244 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 4250 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
4245 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, | 4251 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, |
4246 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, | 4252 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, |
4247 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, | 4253 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, |
4248 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) | 4254 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) |
4249 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. | 4255 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. |
4250 | 4256 | ||
4251 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: | 4257 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: |
4252 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not | 4258 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not |
4253 | required. | 4259 | required. |
4254 | 4260 | ||
4255 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY | 4261 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY |
4256 | Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. | 4262 | Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. |
4257 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or | 4263 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or |
4258 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it | 4264 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it |
4259 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted | 4265 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted |
4260 | by coreboot or similar. | 4266 | by coreboot or similar. |
4261 | 4267 | ||
4262 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: | 4268 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: |
4263 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. | 4269 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. |
4264 | 4270 | ||
4265 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: | 4271 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: |
4266 | Chip has SRIO or not | 4272 | Chip has SRIO or not |
4267 | 4273 | ||
4268 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: | 4274 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: |
4269 | Board has SRIO 1 port available | 4275 | Board has SRIO 1 port available |
4270 | 4276 | ||
4271 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: | 4277 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: |
4272 | Board has SRIO 2 port available | 4278 | Board has SRIO 2 port available |
4273 | 4279 | ||
4274 | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER | 4280 | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER |
4275 | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE | 4281 | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE |
4276 | 4282 | ||
4277 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: | 4283 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: |
4278 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4284 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4279 | 4285 | ||
4280 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: | 4286 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: |
4281 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4287 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4282 | 4288 | ||
4283 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: | 4289 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: |
4284 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4290 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4285 | 4291 | ||
4286 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT | 4292 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT |
4287 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using | 4293 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using |
4288 | a 16 bit bus. | 4294 | a 16 bit bus. |
4289 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. | 4295 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. |
4290 | Example of drivers that use it: | 4296 | Example of drivers that use it: |
4291 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c | 4297 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c |
4292 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c | 4298 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c |
4293 | 4299 | ||
4294 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG | 4300 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG |
4295 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined | 4301 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined |
4296 | a default value will be used. | 4302 | a default value will be used. |
4297 | 4303 | ||
4298 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM | 4304 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM |
4299 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common | 4305 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common |
4300 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs | 4306 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs |
4301 | 4307 | ||
4302 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS | 4308 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS |
4303 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM | 4309 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM |
4304 | 4310 | ||
4305 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 4311 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
4306 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first | 4312 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first |
4307 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve | 4313 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve |
4308 | to something your driver can deal with. | 4314 | to something your driver can deal with. |
4309 | 4315 | ||
4310 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING | 4316 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING |
4311 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with | 4317 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with |
4312 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing | 4318 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing |
4313 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into | 4319 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into |
4314 | header files or board specific files. | 4320 | header files or board specific files. |
4315 | 4321 | ||
4316 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE | 4322 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE |
4317 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. | 4323 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. |
4318 | 4324 | ||
4319 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 | 4325 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 |
4320 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should | 4326 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should |
4321 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. | 4327 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. |
4322 | 4328 | ||
4323 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] | 4329 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] |
4324 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. | 4330 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. |
4325 | 4331 | ||
4326 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY | 4332 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY |
4327 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds | 4333 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds |
4328 | to the given FEC; i. e. | 4334 | to the given FEC; i. e. |
4329 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 | 4335 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 |
4330 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 | 4336 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 |
4331 | 4337 | ||
4332 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. | 4338 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. |
4333 | 4339 | ||
4334 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR | 4340 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR |
4335 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). | 4341 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). |
4336 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). | 4342 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). |
4337 | 4343 | ||
4338 | - CONFIG_RMII | 4344 | - CONFIG_RMII |
4339 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. | 4345 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. |
4340 | Note that this is a global option, we can't | 4346 | Note that this is a global option, we can't |
4341 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. | 4347 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. |
4342 | 4348 | ||
4343 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY | 4349 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY |
4344 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. | 4350 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. |
4345 | The syntax is: | 4351 | The syntax is: |
4346 | 4352 | ||
4347 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> | 4353 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> |
4348 | 4354 | ||
4349 | Where address/count indicate a memory area | 4355 | Where address/count indicate a memory area |
4350 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the | 4356 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the |
4351 | area should have. | 4357 | area should have. |
4352 | 4358 | ||
4353 | - CONFIG_LOOPW | 4359 | - CONFIG_LOOPW |
4354 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if | 4360 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if |
4355 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 4361 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
4356 | 4362 | ||
4357 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC | 4363 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC |
4358 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic | 4364 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic |
4359 | "md/mw" commands. | 4365 | "md/mw" commands. |
4360 | Examples: | 4366 | Examples: |
4361 | 4367 | ||
4362 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 | 4368 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 |
4363 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. | 4369 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. |
4364 | 4370 | ||
4365 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 | 4371 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 |
4366 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. | 4372 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. |
4367 | 4373 | ||
4368 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated | 4374 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated |
4369 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 4375 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
4370 | 4376 | ||
4371 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT | 4377 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT |
4372 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain | 4378 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain |
4373 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory | 4379 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory |
4374 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not | 4380 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not |
4375 | relocate itself into RAM. | 4381 | relocate itself into RAM. |
4376 | 4382 | ||
4377 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only | 4383 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only |
4378 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some | 4384 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some |
4379 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs | 4385 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs |
4380 | these initializations itself. | 4386 | these initializations itself. |
4381 | 4387 | ||
4382 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 4388 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
4383 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 4389 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4384 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when | 4390 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when |
4385 | compiling a NAND SPL. | 4391 | compiling a NAND SPL. |
4386 | 4392 | ||
4387 | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD | 4393 | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD |
4388 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 4394 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4389 | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. | 4395 | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. |
4390 | It is loaded by the SPL. | 4396 | It is loaded by the SPL. |
4391 | 4397 | ||
4392 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC | 4398 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC |
4393 | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section | 4399 | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section |
4394 | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the | 4400 | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the |
4395 | previous 4k of the .text section. | 4401 | previous 4k of the .text section. |
4396 | 4402 | ||
4397 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM | 4403 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM |
4398 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses | 4404 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses |
4399 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard | 4405 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard |
4400 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated | 4406 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated |
4401 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since | 4407 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since |
4402 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all | 4408 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all |
4403 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses | 4409 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses |
4404 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). | 4410 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). |
4405 | 4411 | ||
4406 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY | 4412 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY |
4407 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET | 4413 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET |
4408 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will | 4414 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will |
4409 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some | 4415 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some |
4410 | conditions but may increase the binary size. | 4416 | conditions but may increase the binary size. |
4411 | 4417 | ||
4412 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR | 4418 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR |
4413 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not | 4419 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not |
4414 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. | 4420 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. |
4415 | 4421 | ||
4416 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK | 4422 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK |
4417 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). | 4423 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). |
4418 | 4424 | ||
4419 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. | 4425 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. |
4420 | 4426 | ||
4421 | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: | 4427 | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: |
4422 | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms | 4428 | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms |
4423 | 4429 | ||
4424 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: | 4430 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: |
4425 | ----------------------------------- | 4431 | ----------------------------------- |
4426 | 4432 | ||
4427 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the | 4433 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the |
4428 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. | 4434 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. |
4429 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros | 4435 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros |
4430 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address | 4436 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address |
4431 | within that device. | 4437 | within that device. |
4432 | 4438 | ||
4433 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR | 4439 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR |
4434 | The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The | 4440 | The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The |
4435 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | 4441 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro |
4436 | is also specified. | 4442 | is also specified. |
4437 | 4443 | ||
4438 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH | 4444 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH |
4439 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format | 4445 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format |
4440 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it | 4446 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it |
4441 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some | 4447 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some |
4442 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. | 4448 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. |
4443 | 4449 | ||
4444 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR | 4450 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR |
4445 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as | 4451 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as |
4446 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the | 4452 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the |
4447 | virtual address in NOR flash. | 4453 | virtual address in NOR flash. |
4448 | 4454 | ||
4449 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND | 4455 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND |
4450 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. | 4456 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. |
4451 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. | 4457 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. |
4452 | 4458 | ||
4453 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC | 4459 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC |
4454 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC | 4460 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC |
4455 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 4461 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. |
4456 | 4462 | ||
4457 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH | 4463 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH |
4458 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI | 4464 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI |
4459 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 4465 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. |
4460 | 4466 | ||
4461 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE | 4467 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE |
4462 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) | 4468 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) |
4463 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which | 4469 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which |
4464 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound | 4470 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound |
4465 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in | 4471 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in |
4466 | master's memory space. | 4472 | master's memory space. |
4467 | 4473 | ||
4468 | Building the Software: | 4474 | Building the Software: |
4469 | ====================== | 4475 | ====================== |
4470 | 4476 | ||
4471 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments | 4477 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments |
4472 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support | 4478 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support |
4473 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all | 4479 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all |
4474 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we | 4480 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we |
4475 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) | 4481 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) |
4476 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. | 4482 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. |
4477 | 4483 | ||
4478 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you | 4484 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you |
4479 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, | 4485 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, |
4480 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. | 4486 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. |
4481 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are | 4487 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are |
4482 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: | 4488 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: |
4483 | 4489 | ||
4484 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- | 4490 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- |
4485 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE | 4491 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE |
4486 | 4492 | ||
4487 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in | 4493 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in |
4488 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain | 4494 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain |
4489 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW | 4495 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW |
4490 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: | 4496 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: |
4491 | 4497 | ||
4492 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools | 4498 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools |
4493 | 4499 | ||
4494 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can | 4500 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can |
4495 | be executed on computers running Windows. | 4501 | be executed on computers running Windows. |
4496 | 4502 | ||
4497 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the | 4503 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the |
4498 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This | 4504 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This |
4499 | is done by typing: | 4505 | is done by typing: |
4500 | 4506 | ||
4501 | make NAME_config | 4507 | make NAME_config |
4502 | 4508 | ||
4503 | where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- | 4509 | where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- |
4504 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. | 4510 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. |
4505 | 4511 | ||
4506 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if | 4512 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if |
4507 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for | 4513 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for |
4508 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) | 4514 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) |
4509 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" | 4515 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" |
4510 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. | 4516 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. |
4511 | 4517 | ||
4512 | make TQM823L_config | 4518 | make TQM823L_config |
4513 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support | 4519 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support |
4514 | 4520 | ||
4515 | make TQM823L_LCD_config | 4521 | make TQM823L_LCD_config |
4516 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD | 4522 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD |
4517 | 4523 | ||
4518 | etc. | 4524 | etc. |
4519 | 4525 | ||
4520 | 4526 | ||
4521 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot | 4527 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot |
4522 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: | 4528 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: |
4523 | 4529 | ||
4524 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image | 4530 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image |
4525 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format | 4531 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format |
4526 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format | 4532 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format |
4527 | 4533 | ||
4528 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved | 4534 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved |
4529 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change | 4535 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change |
4530 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: | 4536 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: |
4531 | 4537 | ||
4532 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: | 4538 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: |
4533 | 4539 | ||
4534 | make O=/tmp/build distclean | 4540 | make O=/tmp/build distclean |
4535 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_config | 4541 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_config |
4536 | make O=/tmp/build all | 4542 | make O=/tmp/build all |
4537 | 4543 | ||
4538 | 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: | 4544 | 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: |
4539 | 4545 | ||
4540 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | 4546 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build |
4541 | make distclean | 4547 | make distclean |
4542 | make NAME_config | 4548 | make NAME_config |
4543 | make all | 4549 | make all |
4544 | 4550 | ||
4545 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment | 4551 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment |
4546 | variable. | 4552 | variable. |
4547 | 4553 | ||
4548 | 4554 | ||
4549 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so | 4555 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so |
4550 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of | 4556 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of |
4551 | native "make". | 4557 | native "make". |
4552 | 4558 | ||
4553 | 4559 | ||
4554 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need | 4560 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need |
4555 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these | 4561 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these |
4556 | steps: | 4562 | steps: |
4557 | 4563 | ||
4558 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel | 4564 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel |
4559 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. | 4565 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. |
4560 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. | 4566 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. |
4561 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any | 4567 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any |
4562 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least | 4568 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least |
4563 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". | 4569 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". |
4564 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for | 4570 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for |
4565 | your board | 4571 | your board |
4566 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new | 4572 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new |
4567 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. | 4573 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. |
4568 | 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. | 4574 | 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. |
4569 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file | 4575 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file |
4570 | to be installed on your target system. | 4576 | to be installed on your target system. |
4571 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. | 4577 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. |
4572 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] | 4578 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] |
4573 | 4579 | ||
4574 | 4580 | ||
4575 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: | 4581 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: |
4576 | ============================================================== | 4582 | ============================================================== |
4577 | 4583 | ||
4578 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board | 4584 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board |
4579 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to | 4585 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to |
4580 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes | 4586 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes |
4581 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest | 4587 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest |
4582 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. | 4588 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. |
4583 | 4589 | ||
4584 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- | 4590 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- |
4585 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of | 4591 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of |
4586 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, | 4592 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, |
4587 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot | 4593 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot |
4588 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can | 4594 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can |
4589 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' | 4595 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' |
4590 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools | 4596 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools |
4591 | you can type | 4597 | you can type |
4592 | 4598 | ||
4593 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 4599 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL |
4594 | 4600 | ||
4595 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type | 4601 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type |
4596 | 4602 | ||
4597 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL | 4603 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL |
4598 | 4604 | ||
4599 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build | 4605 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build |
4600 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by | 4606 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by |
4601 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target | 4607 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target |
4602 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and | 4608 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and |
4603 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default | 4609 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default |
4604 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment | 4610 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment |
4605 | variable. For example: | 4611 | variable. For example: |
4606 | 4612 | ||
4607 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | 4613 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build |
4608 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log | 4614 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log |
4609 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 4615 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL |
4610 | 4616 | ||
4611 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, | 4617 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, |
4612 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean | 4618 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean |
4613 | during the whole build process. | 4619 | during the whole build process. |
4614 | 4620 | ||
4615 | 4621 | ||
4616 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. | 4622 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. |
4617 | 4623 | ||
4618 | 4624 | ||
4619 | Monitor Commands - Overview: | 4625 | Monitor Commands - Overview: |
4620 | ============================ | 4626 | ============================ |
4621 | 4627 | ||
4622 | go - start application at address 'addr' | 4628 | go - start application at address 'addr' |
4623 | run - run commands in an environment variable | 4629 | run - run commands in an environment variable |
4624 | bootm - boot application image from memory | 4630 | bootm - boot application image from memory |
4625 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol | 4631 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol |
4626 | bootz - boot zImage from memory | 4632 | bootz - boot zImage from memory |
4627 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol | 4633 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol |
4628 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" | 4634 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" |
4629 | (and eventually "gatewayip") | 4635 | (and eventually "gatewayip") |
4630 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol | 4636 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol |
4631 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol | 4637 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol |
4632 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' | 4638 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' |
4633 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line | 4639 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line |
4634 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) | 4640 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) |
4635 | md - memory display | 4641 | md - memory display |
4636 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) | 4642 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) |
4637 | nm - memory modify (constant address) | 4643 | nm - memory modify (constant address) |
4638 | mw - memory write (fill) | 4644 | mw - memory write (fill) |
4639 | cp - memory copy | 4645 | cp - memory copy |
4640 | cmp - memory compare | 4646 | cmp - memory compare |
4641 | crc32 - checksum calculation | 4647 | crc32 - checksum calculation |
4642 | i2c - I2C sub-system | 4648 | i2c - I2C sub-system |
4643 | sspi - SPI utility commands | 4649 | sspi - SPI utility commands |
4644 | base - print or set address offset | 4650 | base - print or set address offset |
4645 | printenv- print environment variables | 4651 | printenv- print environment variables |
4646 | setenv - set environment variables | 4652 | setenv - set environment variables |
4647 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage | 4653 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage |
4648 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection | 4654 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection |
4649 | erase - erase FLASH memory | 4655 | erase - erase FLASH memory |
4650 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information | 4656 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information |
4651 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) | 4657 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) |
4652 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure | 4658 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure |
4653 | iminfo - print header information for application image | 4659 | iminfo - print header information for application image |
4654 | coninfo - print console devices and informations | 4660 | coninfo - print console devices and informations |
4655 | ide - IDE sub-system | 4661 | ide - IDE sub-system |
4656 | loop - infinite loop on address range | 4662 | loop - infinite loop on address range |
4657 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range | 4663 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range |
4658 | mtest - simple RAM test | 4664 | mtest - simple RAM test |
4659 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache | 4665 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache |
4660 | dcache - enable or disable data cache | 4666 | dcache - enable or disable data cache |
4661 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU | 4667 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU |
4662 | echo - echo args to console | 4668 | echo - echo args to console |
4663 | version - print monitor version | 4669 | version - print monitor version |
4664 | help - print online help | 4670 | help - print online help |
4665 | ? - alias for 'help' | 4671 | ? - alias for 'help' |
4666 | 4672 | ||
4667 | 4673 | ||
4668 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: | 4674 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: |
4669 | ======================================== | 4675 | ======================================== |
4670 | 4676 | ||
4671 | TODO. | 4677 | TODO. |
4672 | 4678 | ||
4673 | For now: just type "help <command>". | 4679 | For now: just type "help <command>". |
4674 | 4680 | ||
4675 | 4681 | ||
4676 | Environment Variables: | 4682 | Environment Variables: |
4677 | ====================== | 4683 | ====================== |
4678 | 4684 | ||
4679 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which | 4685 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which |
4680 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. | 4686 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. |
4681 | 4687 | ||
4682 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using | 4688 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using |
4683 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" | 4689 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" |
4684 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the | 4690 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the |
4685 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are | 4691 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are |
4686 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the | 4692 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the |
4687 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. | 4693 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. |
4688 | 4694 | ||
4689 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. | 4695 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. |
4690 | 4696 | ||
4691 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): | 4697 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): |
4692 | 4698 | ||
4693 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE | 4699 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE |
4694 | 4700 | ||
4695 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 4701 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
4696 | 4702 | ||
4697 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 4703 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
4698 | 4704 | ||
4699 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image | 4705 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image |
4700 | 4706 | ||
4701 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP | 4707 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP |
4702 | 4708 | ||
4703 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 4709 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
4704 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 4710 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as |
4705 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed | 4711 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed |
4706 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" | 4712 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" |
4707 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is | 4713 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is |
4708 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux | 4714 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux |
4709 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and | 4715 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and |
4710 | bootm_mapsize. | 4716 | bootm_mapsize. |
4711 | 4717 | ||
4712 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. | 4718 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. |
4713 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it | 4719 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it |
4714 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base | 4720 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base |
4715 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel | 4721 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel |
4716 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used | 4722 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used |
4717 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is | 4723 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is |
4718 | used otherwise. | 4724 | used otherwise. |
4719 | 4725 | ||
4720 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 4726 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
4721 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 4727 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as |
4722 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region | 4728 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region |
4723 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" | 4729 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" |
4724 | environment variable. | 4730 | environment variable. |
4725 | 4731 | ||
4726 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used | 4732 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used |
4727 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to | 4733 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to |
4728 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. | 4734 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. |
4729 | 4735 | ||
4730 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), | 4736 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), |
4731 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the | 4737 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the |
4732 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to | 4738 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to |
4733 | load any image using TFTP | 4739 | load any image using TFTP |
4734 | 4740 | ||
4735 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", | 4741 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", |
4736 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will | 4742 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will |
4737 | be automatically started (by internally calling | 4743 | be automatically started (by internally calling |
4738 | "bootm") | 4744 | "bootm") |
4739 | 4745 | ||
4740 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the | 4746 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the |
4741 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address | 4747 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address |
4742 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. | 4748 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. |
4743 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary | 4749 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary |
4744 | data. | 4750 | data. |
4745 | 4751 | ||
4746 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the | 4752 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the |
4747 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. | 4753 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. |
4748 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory | 4754 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory |
4749 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel | 4755 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel |
4750 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you | 4756 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you |
4751 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the | 4757 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the |
4752 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address | 4758 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address |
4753 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can | 4759 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can |
4754 | access it during the boot procedure. | 4760 | access it during the boot procedure. |
4755 | 4761 | ||
4756 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then | 4762 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then |
4757 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this | 4763 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this |
4758 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have | 4764 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have |
4759 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to | 4765 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to |
4760 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory | 4766 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory |
4761 | must be accessible by the kernel. | 4767 | must be accessible by the kernel. |
4762 | 4768 | ||
4763 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened | 4769 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened |
4764 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is | 4770 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is |
4765 | defined. | 4771 | defined. |
4766 | 4772 | ||
4767 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 4773 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
4768 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast | 4774 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast |
4769 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in | 4775 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in |
4770 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective | 4776 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective |
4771 | it must be saved and board must be reset. | 4777 | it must be saved and board must be reset. |
4772 | 4778 | ||
4773 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: | 4779 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: |
4774 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be | 4780 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be |
4775 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this | 4781 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this |
4776 | is usually what you want since it allows for | 4782 | is usually what you want since it allows for |
4777 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to | 4783 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to |
4778 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the | 4784 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the |
4779 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment | 4785 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment |
4780 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". | 4786 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". |
4781 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper | 4787 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper |
4782 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it | 4788 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it |
4783 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). | 4789 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). |
4784 | 4790 | ||
4785 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB | 4791 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB |
4786 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, | 4792 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, |
4787 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of | 4793 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of |
4788 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make | 4794 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make |
4789 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first | 4795 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first |
4790 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with | 4796 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with |
4791 | 4797 | ||
4792 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 | 4798 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 |
4793 | 4799 | ||
4794 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an | 4800 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an |
4795 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal | 4801 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal |
4796 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash | 4802 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash |
4797 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the | 4803 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the |
4798 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the | 4804 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the |
4799 | boot time on your system, but requires that this | 4805 | boot time on your system, but requires that this |
4800 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. | 4806 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. |
4801 | 4807 | ||
4802 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 4808 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
4803 | 4809 | ||
4804 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", | 4810 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", |
4805 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" | 4811 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" |
4806 | 4812 | ||
4807 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 4813 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
4808 | 4814 | ||
4809 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 4815 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
4810 | 4816 | ||
4811 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 4817 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
4812 | 4818 | ||
4813 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 4819 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
4814 | 4820 | ||
4815 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 4821 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
4816 | 4822 | ||
4817 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. | 4823 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. |
4818 | 4824 | ||
4819 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. | 4825 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. |
4820 | For example you can do the following | 4826 | For example you can do the following |
4821 | 4827 | ||
4822 | => setenv ethact FEC | 4828 | => setenv ethact FEC |
4823 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC | 4829 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC |
4824 | => setenv ethact SCC | 4830 | => setenv ethact SCC |
4825 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC | 4831 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC |
4826 | 4832 | ||
4827 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all | 4833 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all |
4828 | available network interfaces. | 4834 | available network interfaces. |
4829 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. | 4835 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. |
4830 | 4836 | ||
4831 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will | 4837 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will |
4832 | either succeed or fail without retrying. | 4838 | either succeed or fail without retrying. |
4833 | When set to "once" the network operation will | 4839 | When set to "once" the network operation will |
4834 | fail when all the available network interfaces | 4840 | fail when all the available network interfaces |
4835 | are tried once without success. | 4841 | are tried once without success. |
4836 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation | 4842 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation |
4837 | themselves. | 4843 | themselves. |
4838 | 4844 | ||
4839 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode | 4845 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode |
4840 | 4846 | ||
4841 | silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by | 4847 | silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by |
4842 | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be | 4848 | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be |
4843 | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If | 4849 | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If |
4844 | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console | 4850 | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console |
4845 | is silent. | 4851 | is silent. |
4846 | 4852 | ||
4847 | tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's | 4853 | tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's |
4848 | UDP source port. | 4854 | UDP source port. |
4849 | 4855 | ||
4850 | tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP | 4856 | tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP |
4851 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. | 4857 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. |
4852 | 4858 | ||
4853 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, | 4859 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, |
4854 | we use the TFTP server's default block size | 4860 | we use the TFTP server's default block size |
4855 | 4861 | ||
4856 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- | 4862 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- |
4857 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines | 4863 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines |
4858 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to | 4864 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to |
4859 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. | 4865 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. |
4860 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed | 4866 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed |
4861 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or | 4867 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or |
4862 | with unreliable TFTP servers. | 4868 | with unreliable TFTP servers. |
4863 | 4869 | ||
4864 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over | 4870 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over |
4865 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q | 4871 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q |
4866 | VLAN tagged frames. | 4872 | VLAN tagged frames. |
4867 | 4873 | ||
4868 | The following image location variables contain the location of images | 4874 | The following image location variables contain the location of images |
4869 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is | 4875 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is |
4870 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment | 4876 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment |
4871 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP | 4877 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP |
4872 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be | 4878 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be |
4873 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR | 4879 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR |
4874 | flash or offset in NAND flash. | 4880 | flash or offset in NAND flash. |
4875 | 4881 | ||
4876 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some | 4882 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some |
4877 | boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some | 4883 | boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some |
4878 | boards use these variables for other purposes. | 4884 | boards use these variables for other purposes. |
4879 | 4885 | ||
4880 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location | 4886 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location |
4881 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- | 4887 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- |
4882 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr | 4888 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr |
4883 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr | 4889 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr |
4884 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr | 4890 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr |
4885 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr | 4891 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr |
4886 | 4892 | ||
4887 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically | 4893 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically |
4888 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), | 4894 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), |
4889 | depending the information provided by your boot server: | 4895 | depending the information provided by your boot server: |
4890 | 4896 | ||
4891 | bootfile - see above | 4897 | bootfile - see above |
4892 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server | 4898 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server |
4893 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server | 4899 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server |
4894 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use | 4900 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use |
4895 | hostname - Target hostname | 4901 | hostname - Target hostname |
4896 | ipaddr - see above | 4902 | ipaddr - see above |
4897 | netmask - Subnet Mask | 4903 | netmask - Subnet Mask |
4898 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server | 4904 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server |
4899 | serverip - see above | 4905 | serverip - see above |
4900 | 4906 | ||
4901 | 4907 | ||
4902 | There are two special Environment Variables: | 4908 | There are two special Environment Variables: |
4903 | 4909 | ||
4904 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such | 4910 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such |
4905 | as type string and/or serial number | 4911 | as type string and/or serial number |
4906 | ethaddr - Ethernet address | 4912 | ethaddr - Ethernet address |
4907 | 4913 | ||
4908 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of | 4914 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of |
4909 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables | 4915 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables |
4910 | once they have been set once. | 4916 | once they have been set once. |
4911 | 4917 | ||
4912 | 4918 | ||
4913 | Further special Environment Variables: | 4919 | Further special Environment Variables: |
4914 | 4920 | ||
4915 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed | 4921 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed |
4916 | with the "version" command. This variable is | 4922 | with the "version" command. This variable is |
4917 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). | 4923 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). |
4918 | 4924 | ||
4919 | 4925 | ||
4920 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take | 4926 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take |
4921 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). | 4927 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). |
4922 | 4928 | ||
4923 | 4929 | ||
4924 | Callback functions for environment variables: | 4930 | Callback functions for environment variables: |
4925 | --------------------------------------------- | 4931 | --------------------------------------------- |
4926 | 4932 | ||
4927 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change | 4933 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change |
4928 | when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to | 4934 | when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to |
4929 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or | 4935 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or |
4930 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side | 4936 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side |
4931 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. | 4937 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. |
4932 | 4938 | ||
4933 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the | 4939 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the |
4934 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. | 4940 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. |
4935 | 4941 | ||
4936 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The | 4942 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The |
4937 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC | 4943 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC |
4938 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of | 4944 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of |
4939 | associations. The list must be in the following format: | 4945 | associations. The list must be in the following format: |
4940 | 4946 | ||
4941 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] | 4947 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] |
4942 | list = entry[,list] | 4948 | list = entry[,list] |
4943 | 4949 | ||
4944 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. | 4950 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. |
4945 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. | 4951 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. |
4946 | 4952 | ||
4947 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable | 4953 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable |
4948 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will | 4954 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will |
4949 | override any association in the static list. You can define | 4955 | override any association in the static list. You can define |
4950 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the | 4956 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the |
4951 | ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 4957 | ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. |
4952 | 4958 | ||
4953 | 4959 | ||
4954 | Command Line Parsing: | 4960 | Command Line Parsing: |
4955 | ===================== | 4961 | ===================== |
4956 | 4962 | ||
4957 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: | 4963 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: |
4958 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: | 4964 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: |
4959 | 4965 | ||
4960 | Old, simple command line parser: | 4966 | Old, simple command line parser: |
4961 | -------------------------------- | 4967 | -------------------------------- |
4962 | 4968 | ||
4963 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) | 4969 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) |
4964 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' | 4970 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' |
4965 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax | 4971 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax |
4966 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', | 4972 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', |
4967 | for example: | 4973 | for example: |
4968 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} | 4974 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} |
4969 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: | 4975 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: |
4970 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' | 4976 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' |
4971 | 4977 | ||
4972 | Hush shell: | 4978 | Hush shell: |
4973 | ----------- | 4979 | ----------- |
4974 | 4980 | ||
4975 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like | 4981 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like |
4976 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, | 4982 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, |
4977 | until...do...done, ... | 4983 | until...do...done, ... |
4978 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv | 4984 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv |
4979 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax | 4985 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax |
4980 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" | 4986 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" |
4981 | command | 4987 | command |
4982 | 4988 | ||
4983 | General rules: | 4989 | General rules: |
4984 | -------------- | 4990 | -------------- |
4985 | 4991 | ||
4986 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" | 4992 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" |
4987 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and | 4993 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and |
4988 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be | 4994 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be |
4989 | executed anyway. | 4995 | executed anyway. |
4990 | 4996 | ||
4991 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. | 4997 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. |
4992 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing | 4998 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing |
4993 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining | 4999 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining |
4994 | variables are not executed. | 5000 | variables are not executed. |
4995 | 5001 | ||
4996 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: | 5002 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: |
4997 | ======================================= | 5003 | ======================================= |
4998 | 5004 | ||
4999 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports | 5005 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports |
5000 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a | 5006 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a |
5001 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: | 5007 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: |
5002 | 5008 | ||
5003 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding | 5009 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding |
5004 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), | 5010 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), |
5005 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... | 5011 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... |
5006 | 5012 | ||
5007 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance | 5013 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance |
5008 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- | 5014 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- |
5009 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment | 5015 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment |
5010 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: | 5016 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: |
5011 | 5017 | ||
5012 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the | 5018 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the |
5013 | environment, the SROM's address is used. | 5019 | environment, the SROM's address is used. |
5014 | 5020 | ||
5015 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the | 5021 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the |
5016 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is | 5022 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is |
5017 | used. | 5023 | used. |
5018 | 5024 | ||
5019 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and | 5025 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and |
5020 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. | 5026 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. |
5021 | 5027 | ||
5022 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the | 5028 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the |
5023 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a | 5029 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a |
5024 | warning is printed. | 5030 | warning is printed. |
5025 | 5031 | ||
5026 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error | 5032 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error |
5027 | is raised. | 5033 | is raised. |
5028 | 5034 | ||
5029 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses | 5035 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses |
5030 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This | 5036 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This |
5031 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. | 5037 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. |
5032 | The naming convention is as follows: | 5038 | The naming convention is as follows: |
5033 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. | 5039 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. |
5034 | 5040 | ||
5035 | Image Formats: | 5041 | Image Formats: |
5036 | ============== | 5042 | ============== |
5037 | 5043 | ||
5038 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) | 5044 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) |
5039 | images in two formats: | 5045 | images in two formats: |
5040 | 5046 | ||
5041 | New uImage format (FIT) | 5047 | New uImage format (FIT) |
5042 | ----------------------- | 5048 | ----------------------- |
5043 | 5049 | ||
5044 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar | 5050 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar |
5045 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple | 5051 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple |
5046 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by | 5052 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by |
5047 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. | 5053 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. |
5048 | 5054 | ||
5049 | 5055 | ||
5050 | Old uImage format | 5056 | Old uImage format |
5051 | ----------------- | 5057 | ----------------- |
5052 | 5058 | ||
5053 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, | 5059 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, |
5054 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for | 5060 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for |
5055 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: | 5061 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: |
5056 | 5062 | ||
5057 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, | 5063 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, |
5058 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, | 5064 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, |
5059 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; | 5065 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; |
5060 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, | 5066 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, |
5061 | INTEGRITY). | 5067 | INTEGRITY). |
5062 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, | 5068 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, |
5063 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; | 5069 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; |
5064 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). | 5070 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). |
5065 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) | 5071 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) |
5066 | * Load Address | 5072 | * Load Address |
5067 | * Entry Point | 5073 | * Entry Point |
5068 | * Image Name | 5074 | * Image Name |
5069 | * Image Timestamp | 5075 | * Image Timestamp |
5070 | 5076 | ||
5071 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header | 5077 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header |
5072 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by | 5078 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by |
5073 | CRC32 checksums. | 5079 | CRC32 checksums. |
5074 | 5080 | ||
5075 | 5081 | ||
5076 | Linux Support: | 5082 | Linux Support: |
5077 | ============== | 5083 | ============== |
5078 | 5084 | ||
5079 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application | 5085 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application |
5080 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of | 5086 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of |
5081 | U-Boot. | 5087 | U-Boot. |
5082 | 5088 | ||
5083 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some | 5089 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some |
5084 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any | 5090 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any |
5085 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; | 5091 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; |
5086 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation | 5092 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation |
5087 | serves several purposes: | 5093 | serves several purposes: |
5088 | 5094 | ||
5089 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone | 5095 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone |
5090 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the | 5096 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the |
5091 | Flash memory footprint) | 5097 | Flash memory footprint) |
5092 | 5098 | ||
5093 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because | 5099 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because |
5094 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot | 5100 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot |
5095 | 5101 | ||
5096 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" | 5102 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" |
5097 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can | 5103 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can |
5098 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't | 5104 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't |
5099 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just | 5105 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just |
5100 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the | 5106 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the |
5101 | software is easier now. | 5107 | software is easier now. |
5102 | 5108 | ||
5103 | 5109 | ||
5104 | Linux HOWTO: | 5110 | Linux HOWTO: |
5105 | ============ | 5111 | ============ |
5106 | 5112 | ||
5107 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: | 5113 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: |
5108 | --------------------------------------- | 5114 | --------------------------------------- |
5109 | 5115 | ||
5110 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to | 5116 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to |
5111 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware | 5117 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware |
5112 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to | 5118 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to |
5113 | Linux :-). | 5119 | Linux :-). |
5114 | 5120 | ||
5115 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). | 5121 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). |
5116 | 5122 | ||
5117 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance | 5123 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance |
5118 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board | 5124 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board |
5119 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, | 5125 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, |
5120 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value | 5126 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value |
5121 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. | 5127 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. |
5122 | 5128 | ||
5123 | 5129 | ||
5124 | Configuring the Linux kernel: | 5130 | Configuring the Linux kernel: |
5125 | ----------------------------- | 5131 | ----------------------------- |
5126 | 5132 | ||
5127 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root | 5133 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root |
5128 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. | 5134 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. |
5129 | 5135 | ||
5130 | 5136 | ||
5131 | Building a Linux Image: | 5137 | Building a Linux Image: |
5132 | ----------------------- | 5138 | ----------------------- |
5133 | 5139 | ||
5134 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are | 5140 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are |
5135 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target | 5141 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target |
5136 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by | 5142 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by |
5137 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, | 5143 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, |
5138 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a | 5144 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a |
5139 | 100% compatible format. | 5145 | 100% compatible format. |
5140 | 5146 | ||
5141 | Example: | 5147 | Example: |
5142 | 5148 | ||
5143 | make TQM850L_config | 5149 | make TQM850L_config |
5144 | make oldconfig | 5150 | make oldconfig |
5145 | make dep | 5151 | make dep |
5146 | make uImage | 5152 | make uImage |
5147 | 5153 | ||
5148 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to | 5154 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to |
5149 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, | 5155 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, |
5150 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: | 5156 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: |
5151 | 5157 | ||
5152 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): | 5158 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): |
5153 | 5159 | ||
5154 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: | 5160 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: |
5155 | 5161 | ||
5156 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ | 5162 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ |
5157 | -R .note -R .comment \ | 5163 | -R .note -R .comment \ |
5158 | -S vmlinux linux.bin | 5164 | -S vmlinux linux.bin |
5159 | 5165 | ||
5160 | * compress the binary image: | 5166 | * compress the binary image: |
5161 | 5167 | ||
5162 | gzip -9 linux.bin | 5168 | gzip -9 linux.bin |
5163 | 5169 | ||
5164 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: | 5170 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: |
5165 | 5171 | ||
5166 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ | 5172 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ |
5167 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ | 5173 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ |
5168 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage | 5174 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage |
5169 | 5175 | ||
5170 | 5176 | ||
5171 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use | 5177 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use |
5172 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or | 5178 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or |
5173 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 | 5179 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 |
5174 | byte header containing information about target architecture, | 5180 | byte header containing information about target architecture, |
5175 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time | 5181 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time |
5176 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. | 5182 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. |
5177 | 5183 | ||
5178 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and | 5184 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and |
5179 | print the header information, or to build new images. | 5185 | print the header information, or to build new images. |
5180 | 5186 | ||
5181 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information | 5187 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information |
5182 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes | 5188 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes |
5183 | checksum verification: | 5189 | checksum verification: |
5184 | 5190 | ||
5185 | tools/mkimage -l image | 5191 | tools/mkimage -l image |
5186 | -l ==> list image header information | 5192 | -l ==> list image header information |
5187 | 5193 | ||
5188 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image | 5194 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image |
5189 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: | 5195 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: |
5190 | 5196 | ||
5191 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ | 5197 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ |
5192 | -n name -d data_file image | 5198 | -n name -d data_file image |
5193 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' | 5199 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' |
5194 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' | 5200 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' |
5195 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' | 5201 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' |
5196 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' | 5202 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' |
5197 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) | 5203 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) |
5198 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) | 5204 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) |
5199 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' | 5205 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' |
5200 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' | 5206 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' |
5201 | 5207 | ||
5202 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load | 5208 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load |
5203 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the | 5209 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the |
5204 | kernel version: | 5210 | kernel version: |
5205 | 5211 | ||
5206 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, | 5212 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, |
5207 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. | 5213 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. |
5208 | 5214 | ||
5209 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: | 5215 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: |
5210 | 5216 | ||
5211 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 5217 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
5212 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ | 5218 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ |
5213 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ | 5219 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ |
5214 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L | 5220 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L |
5215 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5221 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5216 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5222 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5217 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5223 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5218 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 5224 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB |
5219 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5225 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5220 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5226 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5221 | 5227 | ||
5222 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): | 5228 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): |
5223 | 5229 | ||
5224 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L | 5230 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L |
5225 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5231 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5226 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5232 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5227 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5233 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5228 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 5234 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB |
5229 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5235 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5230 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5236 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5231 | 5237 | ||
5232 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade | 5238 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade |
5233 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this | 5239 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this |
5234 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not | 5240 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not |
5235 | need to be uncompressed: | 5241 | need to be uncompressed: |
5236 | 5242 | ||
5237 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz | 5243 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz |
5238 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 5244 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
5239 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ | 5245 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ |
5240 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ | 5246 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ |
5241 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed | 5247 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed |
5242 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5248 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5243 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5249 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5244 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) | 5250 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) |
5245 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB | 5251 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB |
5246 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5252 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5247 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5253 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5248 | 5254 | ||
5249 | 5255 | ||
5250 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file | 5256 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file |
5251 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: | 5257 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: |
5252 | 5258 | ||
5253 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ | 5259 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ |
5254 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ | 5260 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ |
5255 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd | 5261 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd |
5256 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5262 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5257 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 | 5263 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 |
5258 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5264 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5259 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB | 5265 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB |
5260 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5266 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5261 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5267 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5262 | 5268 | ||
5263 | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" | 5269 | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" |
5264 | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" | 5270 | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" |
5265 | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" | 5271 | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" |
5266 | from the image: | 5272 | from the image: |
5267 | 5273 | ||
5268 | tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file | 5274 | tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file |
5269 | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ | 5275 | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ |
5270 | indexed by 'position' | 5276 | indexed by 'position' |
5271 | 5277 | ||
5272 | 5278 | ||
5273 | Installing a Linux Image: | 5279 | Installing a Linux Image: |
5274 | ------------------------- | 5280 | ------------------------- |
5275 | 5281 | ||
5276 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, | 5282 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, |
5277 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: | 5283 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: |
5278 | 5284 | ||
5279 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec | 5285 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec |
5280 | 5286 | ||
5281 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot | 5287 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot |
5282 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to | 5288 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to |
5283 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to | 5289 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to |
5284 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' | 5290 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' |
5285 | command. | 5291 | command. |
5286 | 5292 | ||
5287 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the | 5293 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the |
5288 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): | 5294 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): |
5289 | 5295 | ||
5290 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF | 5296 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF |
5291 | 5297 | ||
5292 | .......... done | 5298 | .......... done |
5293 | Erased 8 sectors | 5299 | Erased 8 sectors |
5294 | 5300 | ||
5295 | => loads 40100000 | 5301 | => loads 40100000 |
5296 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5302 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5297 | ~>examples/image.srec | 5303 | ~>examples/image.srec |
5298 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... | 5304 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... |
5299 | ... | 5305 | ... |
5300 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 | 5306 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 |
5301 | [file transfer complete] | 5307 | [file transfer complete] |
5302 | [connected] | 5308 | [connected] |
5303 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 | 5309 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 |
5304 | 5310 | ||
5305 | 5311 | ||
5306 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; | 5312 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; |
5307 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data | 5313 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data |
5308 | corruption happened: | 5314 | corruption happened: |
5309 | 5315 | ||
5310 | => imi 40100000 | 5316 | => imi 40100000 |
5311 | 5317 | ||
5312 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 5318 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... |
5313 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5319 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5314 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5320 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5315 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5321 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5316 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5322 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5317 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5323 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5318 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5324 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5319 | 5325 | ||
5320 | 5326 | ||
5321 | Boot Linux: | 5327 | Boot Linux: |
5322 | ----------- | 5328 | ----------- |
5323 | 5329 | ||
5324 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in | 5330 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in |
5325 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents | 5331 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents |
5326 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as | 5332 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as |
5327 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the | 5333 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the |
5328 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: | 5334 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: |
5329 | 5335 | ||
5330 | 5336 | ||
5331 | => printenv bootargs | 5337 | => printenv bootargs |
5332 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram | 5338 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram |
5333 | 5339 | ||
5334 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5340 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5335 | 5341 | ||
5336 | => printenv bootargs | 5342 | => printenv bootargs |
5337 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5343 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5338 | 5344 | ||
5339 | => bootm 40020000 | 5345 | => bootm 40020000 |
5340 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... | 5346 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... |
5341 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L | 5347 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L |
5342 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5348 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5343 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB | 5349 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB |
5344 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5350 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5345 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5351 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5346 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5352 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5347 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5353 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5348 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 | 5354 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 |
5349 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5355 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5350 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 5356 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 |
5351 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 5357 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS |
5352 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] | 5358 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] |
5353 | ... | 5359 | ... |
5354 | 5360 | ||
5355 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass | 5361 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass |
5356 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT | 5362 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT |
5357 | format!) to the "bootm" command: | 5363 | format!) to the "bootm" command: |
5358 | 5364 | ||
5359 | => imi 40100000 40200000 | 5365 | => imi 40100000 40200000 |
5360 | 5366 | ||
5361 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 5367 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... |
5362 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5368 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5363 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5369 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5364 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5370 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5365 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5371 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5366 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5372 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5367 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5373 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5368 | 5374 | ||
5369 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... | 5375 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... |
5370 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5376 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5371 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5377 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5372 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 5378 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB |
5373 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5379 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5374 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5380 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5375 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5381 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5376 | 5382 | ||
5377 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 | 5383 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 |
5378 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... | 5384 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... |
5379 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5385 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5380 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5386 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5381 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5387 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5382 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5388 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5383 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5389 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5384 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5390 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5385 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5391 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5386 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... | 5392 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... |
5387 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5393 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5388 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5394 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5389 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 5395 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB |
5390 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5396 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5391 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5397 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5392 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5398 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5393 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK | 5399 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK |
5394 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 | 5400 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 |
5395 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram | 5401 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram |
5396 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 5402 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 |
5397 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 5403 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS |
5398 | ... | 5404 | ... |
5399 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 | 5405 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 |
5400 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). | 5406 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). |
5401 | 5407 | ||
5402 | bash# | 5408 | bash# |
5403 | 5409 | ||
5404 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: | 5410 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: |
5405 | ----------- | 5411 | ----------- |
5406 | 5412 | ||
5407 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section | 5413 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section |
5408 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The | 5414 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The |
5409 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated | 5415 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated |
5410 | flat device tree: | 5416 | flat device tree: |
5411 | 5417 | ||
5412 | => print oftaddr | 5418 | => print oftaddr |
5413 | oftaddr=0x300000 | 5419 | oftaddr=0x300000 |
5414 | => print oft | 5420 | => print oft |
5415 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb | 5421 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb |
5416 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft | 5422 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft |
5417 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 5423 | Speed: 1000, full duplex |
5418 | Using TSEC0 device | 5424 | Using TSEC0 device |
5419 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 | 5425 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 |
5420 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. | 5426 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. |
5421 | Load address: 0x300000 | 5427 | Load address: 0x300000 |
5422 | Loading: # | 5428 | Loading: # |
5423 | done | 5429 | done |
5424 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) | 5430 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) |
5425 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile | 5431 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile |
5426 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 5432 | Speed: 1000, full duplex |
5427 | Using TSEC0 device | 5433 | Using TSEC0 device |
5428 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 | 5434 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 |
5429 | Filename 'uImage'. | 5435 | Filename 'uImage'. |
5430 | Load address: 0x200000 | 5436 | Load address: 0x200000 |
5431 | Loading:############ | 5437 | Loading:############ |
5432 | done | 5438 | done |
5433 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) | 5439 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) |
5434 | => print loadaddr | 5440 | => print loadaddr |
5435 | loadaddr=200000 | 5441 | loadaddr=200000 |
5436 | => print oftaddr | 5442 | => print oftaddr |
5437 | oftaddr=0x300000 | 5443 | oftaddr=0x300000 |
5438 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr | 5444 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr |
5439 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... | 5445 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... |
5440 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty | 5446 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty |
5441 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5447 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5442 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB | 5448 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB |
5443 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5449 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5444 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5450 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5445 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5451 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5446 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5452 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5447 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 | 5453 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 |
5448 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description | 5454 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description |
5449 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb | 5455 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb |
5450 | [snip] | 5456 | [snip] |
5451 | 5457 | ||
5452 | 5458 | ||
5453 | More About U-Boot Image Types: | 5459 | More About U-Boot Image Types: |
5454 | ------------------------------ | 5460 | ------------------------------ |
5455 | 5461 | ||
5456 | U-Boot supports the following image types: | 5462 | U-Boot supports the following image types: |
5457 | 5463 | ||
5458 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment | 5464 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment |
5459 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave | 5465 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave |
5460 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from | 5466 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from |
5461 | the Standalone Program. | 5467 | the Standalone Program. |
5462 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which | 5468 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which |
5463 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs | 5469 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs |
5464 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device | 5470 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device |
5465 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot | 5471 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot |
5466 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. | 5472 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. |
5467 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their | 5473 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their |
5468 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is | 5474 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is |
5469 | being started. | 5475 | being started. |
5470 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS | 5476 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS |
5471 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like | 5477 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like |
5472 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want | 5478 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want |
5473 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot | 5479 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot |
5474 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get | 5480 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get |
5475 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. | 5481 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. |
5476 | 5482 | ||
5477 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each | 5483 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each |
5478 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network | 5484 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network |
5479 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". | 5485 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". |
5480 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by | 5486 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by |
5481 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to | 5487 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to |
5482 | a multiple of 4 bytes). | 5488 | a multiple of 4 bytes). |
5483 | 5489 | ||
5484 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like | 5490 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like |
5485 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to | 5491 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to |
5486 | flash memory. | 5492 | flash memory. |
5487 | 5493 | ||
5488 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by | 5494 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by |
5489 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially | 5495 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially |
5490 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) | 5496 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) |
5491 | as command interpreter. | 5497 | as command interpreter. |
5492 | 5498 | ||
5493 | Booting the Linux zImage: | 5499 | Booting the Linux zImage: |
5494 | ------------------------- | 5500 | ------------------------- |
5495 | 5501 | ||
5496 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done | 5502 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done |
5497 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same | 5503 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same |
5498 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. | 5504 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. |
5499 | 5505 | ||
5500 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply | 5506 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply |
5501 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the | 5507 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the |
5502 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following | 5508 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following |
5503 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". | 5509 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". |
5504 | 5510 | ||
5505 | 5511 | ||
5506 | Standalone HOWTO: | 5512 | Standalone HOWTO: |
5507 | ================= | 5513 | ================= |
5508 | 5514 | ||
5509 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and | 5515 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and |
5510 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of | 5516 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of |
5511 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. | 5517 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. |
5512 | 5518 | ||
5513 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: | 5519 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: |
5514 | 5520 | ||
5515 | "Hello World" Demo: | 5521 | "Hello World" Demo: |
5516 | ------------------- | 5522 | ------------------- |
5517 | 5523 | ||
5518 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo | 5524 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo |
5519 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. | 5525 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. |
5520 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it | 5526 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it |
5521 | like that: | 5527 | like that: |
5522 | 5528 | ||
5523 | => loads | 5529 | => loads |
5524 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5530 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5525 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec | 5531 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec |
5526 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 5532 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... |
5527 | [file transfer complete] | 5533 | [file transfer complete] |
5528 | [connected] | 5534 | [connected] |
5529 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 5535 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 |
5530 | 5536 | ||
5531 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. | 5537 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. |
5532 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 5538 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... |
5533 | Hello World | 5539 | Hello World |
5534 | argc = 7 | 5540 | argc = 7 |
5535 | argv[0] = "40004" | 5541 | argv[0] = "40004" |
5536 | argv[1] = "Hello" | 5542 | argv[1] = "Hello" |
5537 | argv[2] = "World!" | 5543 | argv[2] = "World!" |
5538 | argv[3] = "This" | 5544 | argv[3] = "This" |
5539 | argv[4] = "is" | 5545 | argv[4] = "is" |
5540 | argv[5] = "a" | 5546 | argv[5] = "a" |
5541 | argv[6] = "test." | 5547 | argv[6] = "test." |
5542 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" | 5548 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" |
5543 | Hit any key to exit ... | 5549 | Hit any key to exit ... |
5544 | 5550 | ||
5545 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 5551 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 |
5546 | 5552 | ||
5547 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt | 5553 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt |
5548 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. | 5554 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. |
5549 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. | 5555 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. |
5550 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' | 5556 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' |
5551 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be | 5557 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be |
5552 | controlled by the following keys: | 5558 | controlled by the following keys: |
5553 | 5559 | ||
5554 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers | 5560 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers |
5555 | b - enable interrupts and start timer | 5561 | b - enable interrupts and start timer |
5556 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts | 5562 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts |
5557 | q - quit application | 5563 | q - quit application |
5558 | 5564 | ||
5559 | => loads | 5565 | => loads |
5560 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5566 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5561 | ~>examples/timer.srec | 5567 | ~>examples/timer.srec |
5562 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 5568 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... |
5563 | [file transfer complete] | 5569 | [file transfer complete] |
5564 | [connected] | 5570 | [connected] |
5565 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 5571 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 |
5566 | 5572 | ||
5567 | => go 40004 | 5573 | => go 40004 |
5568 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 5574 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... |
5569 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 | 5575 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 |
5570 | Using timer 1 | 5576 | Using timer 1 |
5571 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 | 5577 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 |
5572 | 5578 | ||
5573 | Hit 'b': | 5579 | Hit 'b': |
5574 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us | 5580 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us |
5575 | Enabling timer | 5581 | Enabling timer |
5576 | Hit '?': | 5582 | Hit '?': |
5577 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ | 5583 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ |
5578 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 | 5584 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 |
5579 | Hit '?': | 5585 | Hit '?': |
5580 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5586 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5581 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 | 5587 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 |
5582 | Hit '?': | 5588 | Hit '?': |
5583 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5589 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5584 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 | 5590 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 |
5585 | Hit '?': | 5591 | Hit '?': |
5586 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5592 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5587 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 | 5593 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 |
5588 | Hit 'e': | 5594 | Hit 'e': |
5589 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer | 5595 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer |
5590 | Hit 'q': | 5596 | Hit 'q': |
5591 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 5597 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 |
5592 | 5598 | ||
5593 | 5599 | ||
5594 | Minicom warning: | 5600 | Minicom warning: |
5595 | ================ | 5601 | ================ |
5596 | 5602 | ||
5597 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the | 5603 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the |
5598 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) | 5604 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) |
5599 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under | 5605 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under |
5600 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and | 5606 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and |
5601 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and | 5607 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and |
5602 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See | 5608 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See |
5603 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. | 5609 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. |
5604 | for help with kermit. | 5610 | for help with kermit. |
5605 | 5611 | ||
5606 | 5612 | ||
5607 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this | 5613 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this |
5608 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: | 5614 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: |
5609 | 5615 | ||
5610 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi | 5616 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi |
5611 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N | 5617 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N |
5612 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N | 5618 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N |
5613 | 5619 | ||
5614 | 5620 | ||
5615 | NetBSD Notes: | 5621 | NetBSD Notes: |
5616 | ============= | 5622 | ============= |
5617 | 5623 | ||
5618 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host | 5624 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host |
5619 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). | 5625 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). |
5620 | 5626 | ||
5621 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on | 5627 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on |
5622 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also | 5628 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also |
5623 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). | 5629 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). |
5624 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; | 5630 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; |
5625 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is | 5631 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is |
5626 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: | 5632 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: |
5627 | 5633 | ||
5628 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include | 5634 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include |
5629 | # mkdir powerpc | 5635 | # mkdir powerpc |
5630 | # ln -s powerpc machine | 5636 | # ln -s powerpc machine |
5631 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h | 5637 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h |
5632 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST | 5638 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST |
5633 | 5639 | ||
5634 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native | 5640 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native |
5635 | and U-Boot include files. | 5641 | and U-Boot include files. |
5636 | 5642 | ||
5637 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a | 5643 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a |
5638 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel | 5644 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel |
5639 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source | 5645 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source |
5640 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the | 5646 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the |
5641 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz | 5647 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz |
5642 | 5648 | ||
5643 | 5649 | ||
5644 | Implementation Internals: | 5650 | Implementation Internals: |
5645 | ========================= | 5651 | ========================= |
5646 | 5652 | ||
5647 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every | 5653 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every |
5648 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the | 5654 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the |
5649 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom | 5655 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom |
5650 | hardware. | 5656 | hardware. |
5651 | 5657 | ||
5652 | 5658 | ||
5653 | Initial Stack, Global Data: | 5659 | Initial Stack, Global Data: |
5654 | --------------------------- | 5660 | --------------------------- |
5655 | 5661 | ||
5656 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot | 5662 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot |
5657 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to | 5663 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to |
5658 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). | 5664 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). |
5659 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS | 5665 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS |
5660 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working | 5666 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working |
5661 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation | 5667 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation |
5662 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU | 5668 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU |
5663 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and | 5669 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and |
5664 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be | 5670 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be |
5665 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. | 5671 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. |
5666 | 5672 | ||
5667 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the | 5673 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the |
5668 | U-Boot mailing list: | 5674 | U-Boot mailing list: |
5669 | 5675 | ||
5670 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? | 5676 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? |
5671 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> | 5677 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> |
5672 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) | 5678 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) |
5673 | ... | 5679 | ... |
5674 | 5680 | ||
5675 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it | 5681 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it |
5676 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not | 5682 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not |
5677 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness | 5683 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness |
5678 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of | 5684 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of |
5679 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's | 5685 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's |
5680 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you | 5686 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you |
5681 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and | 5687 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and |
5682 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. | 5688 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. |
5683 | 5689 | ||
5684 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It | 5690 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It |
5685 | is another option for the system designer to use as an | 5691 | is another option for the system designer to use as an |
5686 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either | 5692 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either |
5687 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your | 5693 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your |
5688 | board designers haven't used it for something that would | 5694 | board designers haven't used it for something that would |
5689 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not | 5695 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not |
5690 | used. | 5696 | used. |
5691 | 5697 | ||
5692 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere | 5698 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere |
5693 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value | 5699 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value |
5694 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in | 5700 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in |
5695 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger | 5701 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger |
5696 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set | 5702 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set |
5697 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources | 5703 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources |
5698 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in | 5704 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in |
5699 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when | 5705 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when |
5700 | you get the config right. | 5706 | you get the config right. |
5701 | 5707 | ||
5702 | -Chris Hallinan | 5708 | -Chris Hallinan |
5703 | DS4.COM, Inc. | 5709 | DS4.COM, Inc. |
5704 | 5710 | ||
5705 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C | 5711 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C |
5706 | code for the initialization procedures: | 5712 | code for the initialization procedures: |
5707 | 5713 | ||
5708 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt | 5714 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt |
5709 | to write it. | 5715 | to write it. |
5710 | 5716 | ||
5711 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized | 5717 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized |
5712 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- | 5718 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- |
5713 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). | 5719 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). |
5714 | 5720 | ||
5715 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like | 5721 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like |
5716 | that. | 5722 | that. |
5717 | 5723 | ||
5718 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use | 5724 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use |
5719 | normal global data to share information beween the code. But it | 5725 | normal global data to share information beween the code. But it |
5720 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly | 5726 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly |
5721 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all | 5727 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all |
5722 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ | 5728 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ |
5723 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of | 5729 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of |
5724 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we | 5730 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we |
5725 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we | 5731 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we |
5726 | reserve for this purpose. | 5732 | reserve for this purpose. |
5727 | 5733 | ||
5728 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the | 5734 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the |
5729 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by | 5735 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by |
5730 | GCC's implementation. | 5736 | GCC's implementation. |
5731 | 5737 | ||
5732 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: | 5738 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: |
5733 | R1: stack pointer | 5739 | R1: stack pointer |
5734 | R2: reserved for system use | 5740 | R2: reserved for system use |
5735 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values | 5741 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values |
5736 | R5-R10: parameter passing | 5742 | R5-R10: parameter passing |
5737 | R13: small data area pointer | 5743 | R13: small data area pointer |
5738 | R30: GOT pointer | 5744 | R30: GOT pointer |
5739 | R31: frame pointer | 5745 | R31: frame pointer |
5740 | 5746 | ||
5741 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 | 5747 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 |
5742 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when | 5748 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when |
5743 | going back and forth between asm and C) | 5749 | going back and forth between asm and C) |
5744 | 5750 | ||
5745 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5751 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5746 | 5752 | ||
5747 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the | 5753 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the |
5748 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), | 5754 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), |
5749 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat | 5755 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat |
5750 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on | 5756 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on |
5751 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, | 5757 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, |
5752 | 624 text + 127 data). | 5758 | 624 text + 127 data). |
5753 | 5759 | ||
5754 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: | 5760 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: |
5755 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface | 5761 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface |
5756 | 5762 | ||
5757 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5763 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5758 | 5764 | ||
5759 | On ARM, the following registers are used: | 5765 | On ARM, the following registers are used: |
5760 | 5766 | ||
5761 | R0: function argument word/integer result | 5767 | R0: function argument word/integer result |
5762 | R1-R3: function argument word | 5768 | R1-R3: function argument word |
5763 | R9: platform specific | 5769 | R9: platform specific |
5764 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) | 5770 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) |
5765 | R11: argument (frame) pointer | 5771 | R11: argument (frame) pointer |
5766 | R12: temporary workspace | 5772 | R12: temporary workspace |
5767 | R13: stack pointer | 5773 | R13: stack pointer |
5768 | R14: link register | 5774 | R14: link register |
5769 | R15: program counter | 5775 | R15: program counter |
5770 | 5776 | ||
5771 | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5777 | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5772 | 5778 | ||
5773 | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. | 5779 | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. |
5774 | 5780 | ||
5775 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: | 5781 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: |
5776 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf | 5782 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf |
5777 | 5783 | ||
5778 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data | 5784 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data |
5779 | 5785 | ||
5780 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp | 5786 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp |
5781 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. | 5787 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. |
5782 | 5788 | ||
5783 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: | 5789 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: |
5784 | 5790 | ||
5785 | R0-R1: argument/return | 5791 | R0-R1: argument/return |
5786 | R2-R5: argument | 5792 | R2-R5: argument |
5787 | R15: temporary register for assembler | 5793 | R15: temporary register for assembler |
5788 | R16: trampoline register | 5794 | R16: trampoline register |
5789 | R28: frame pointer (FP) | 5795 | R28: frame pointer (FP) |
5790 | R29: global pointer (GP) | 5796 | R29: global pointer (GP) |
5791 | R30: link register (LP) | 5797 | R30: link register (LP) |
5792 | R31: stack pointer (SP) | 5798 | R31: stack pointer (SP) |
5793 | PC: program counter (PC) | 5799 | PC: program counter (PC) |
5794 | 5800 | ||
5795 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5801 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5796 | 5802 | ||
5797 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, | 5803 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, |
5798 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. | 5804 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. |
5799 | 5805 | ||
5800 | Memory Management: | 5806 | Memory Management: |
5801 | ------------------ | 5807 | ------------------ |
5802 | 5808 | ||
5803 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the | 5809 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the |
5804 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. | 5810 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. |
5805 | 5811 | ||
5806 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory | 5812 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory |
5807 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each | 5813 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each |
5808 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several | 5814 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several |
5809 | physical memory banks. | 5815 | physical memory banks. |
5810 | 5816 | ||
5811 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on | 5817 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on |
5812 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After | 5818 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After |
5813 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself | 5819 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself |
5814 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some | 5820 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some |
5815 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN | 5821 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN |
5816 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board | 5822 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board |
5817 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). | 5823 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). |
5818 | 5824 | ||
5819 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB | 5825 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB |
5820 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). | 5826 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). |
5821 | 5827 | ||
5822 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like | 5828 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like |
5823 | this: | 5829 | this: |
5824 | 5830 | ||
5825 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code | 5831 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code |
5826 | : | 5832 | : |
5827 | 0x0000 1FFF | 5833 | 0x0000 1FFF |
5828 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use | 5834 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use |
5829 | : | 5835 | : |
5830 | : | 5836 | : |
5831 | 5837 | ||
5832 | : | 5838 | : |
5833 | : | 5839 | : |
5834 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) | 5840 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) |
5835 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data | 5841 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data |
5836 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena | 5842 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena |
5837 | : | 5843 | : |
5838 | 0x00FD FFFF | 5844 | 0x00FD FFFF |
5839 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code | 5845 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code |
5840 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer | 5846 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer |
5841 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) | 5847 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) |
5842 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] | 5848 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] |
5843 | 5849 | ||
5844 | 5850 | ||
5845 | System Initialization: | 5851 | System Initialization: |
5846 | ---------------------- | 5852 | ---------------------- |
5847 | 5853 | ||
5848 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point | 5854 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point |
5849 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset | 5855 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset |
5850 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. | 5856 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. |
5851 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. | 5857 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. |
5852 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) | 5858 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) |
5853 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs | 5859 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs |
5854 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked | 5860 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked |
5855 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, | 5861 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, |
5856 | the caches and the SIU. | 5862 | the caches and the SIU. |
5857 | 5863 | ||
5858 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a | 5864 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a |
5859 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries | 5865 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries |
5860 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash | 5866 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash |
5861 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is | 5867 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is |
5862 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a | 5868 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a |
5863 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM | 5869 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM |
5864 | banks. | 5870 | banks. |
5865 | 5871 | ||
5866 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of | 5872 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of |
5867 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first | 5873 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first |
5868 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address | 5874 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address |
5869 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create | 5875 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create |
5870 | contiguous memory starting from 0. | 5876 | contiguous memory starting from 0. |
5871 | 5877 | ||
5872 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area | 5878 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area |
5873 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board | 5879 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board |
5874 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM | 5880 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM |
5875 | pages, and the final stack is set up. | 5881 | pages, and the final stack is set up. |
5876 | 5882 | ||
5877 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; | 5883 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; |
5878 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are | 5884 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are |
5879 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a | 5885 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a |
5880 | new address in RAM. | 5886 | new address in RAM. |
5881 | 5887 | ||
5882 | 5888 | ||
5883 | U-Boot Porting Guide: | 5889 | U-Boot Porting Guide: |
5884 | ---------------------- | 5890 | ---------------------- |
5885 | 5891 | ||
5886 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing | 5892 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing |
5887 | list, October 2002] | 5893 | list, October 2002] |
5888 | 5894 | ||
5889 | 5895 | ||
5890 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) | 5896 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) |
5891 | { | 5897 | { |
5892 | sighandler_t no_more_time; | 5898 | sighandler_t no_more_time; |
5893 | 5899 | ||
5894 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); | 5900 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); |
5895 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); | 5901 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); |
5896 | 5902 | ||
5897 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { | 5903 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { |
5898 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; | 5904 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; |
5899 | return 0; | 5905 | return 0; |
5900 | } | 5906 | } |
5901 | 5907 | ||
5902 | Download latest U-Boot source; | 5908 | Download latest U-Boot source; |
5903 | 5909 | ||
5904 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; | 5910 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; |
5905 | 5911 | ||
5906 | if (clueless) | 5912 | if (clueless) |
5907 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); | 5913 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); |
5908 | 5914 | ||
5909 | while (learning) { | 5915 | while (learning) { |
5910 | Read the README file in the top level directory; | 5916 | Read the README file in the top level directory; |
5911 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; | 5917 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; |
5912 | Read applicable doc/*.README; | 5918 | Read applicable doc/*.README; |
5913 | Read the source, Luke; | 5919 | Read the source, Luke; |
5914 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ | 5920 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ |
5915 | } | 5921 | } |
5916 | 5922 | ||
5917 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) | 5923 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) |
5918 | Buy a BDI3000; | 5924 | Buy a BDI3000; |
5919 | else | 5925 | else |
5920 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; | 5926 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; |
5921 | 5927 | ||
5922 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ | 5928 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ |
5923 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> | 5929 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> |
5924 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h | 5930 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h |
5925 | } else { | 5931 | } else { |
5926 | Create your own board support subdirectory; | 5932 | Create your own board support subdirectory; |
5927 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; | 5933 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; |
5928 | } | 5934 | } |
5929 | Edit new board/<myboard> files | 5935 | Edit new board/<myboard> files |
5930 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h | 5936 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h |
5931 | 5937 | ||
5932 | while (!accepted) { | 5938 | while (!accepted) { |
5933 | while (!running) { | 5939 | while (!running) { |
5934 | do { | 5940 | do { |
5935 | Add / modify source code; | 5941 | Add / modify source code; |
5936 | } until (compiles); | 5942 | } until (compiles); |
5937 | Debug; | 5943 | Debug; |
5938 | if (clueless) | 5944 | if (clueless) |
5939 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); | 5945 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); |
5940 | } | 5946 | } |
5941 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; | 5947 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; |
5942 | if (reasonable critiques) | 5948 | if (reasonable critiques) |
5943 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; | 5949 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; |
5944 | else | 5950 | else |
5945 | Defend code as written; | 5951 | Defend code as written; |
5946 | } | 5952 | } |
5947 | 5953 | ||
5948 | return 0; | 5954 | return 0; |
5949 | } | 5955 | } |
5950 | 5956 | ||
5951 | void no_more_time (int sig) | 5957 | void no_more_time (int sig) |
5952 | { | 5958 | { |
5953 | hire_a_guru(); | 5959 | hire_a_guru(); |
5954 | } | 5960 | } |
5955 | 5961 | ||
5956 | 5962 | ||
5957 | Coding Standards: | 5963 | Coding Standards: |
5958 | ----------------- | 5964 | ----------------- |
5959 | 5965 | ||
5960 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel | 5966 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel |
5961 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script | 5967 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script |
5962 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. | 5968 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. |
5963 | 5969 | ||
5964 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the | 5970 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the |
5965 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not | 5971 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not |
5966 | reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those | 5972 | reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those |
5967 | sources. | 5973 | sources. |
5968 | 5974 | ||
5969 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in | 5975 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in |
5970 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) | 5976 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) |
5971 | in your code. | 5977 | in your code. |
5972 | 5978 | ||
5973 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: | 5979 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: |
5974 | - remove any trailing white space | 5980 | - remove any trailing white space |
5975 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces | 5981 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces |
5976 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds | 5982 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds |
5977 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files | 5983 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files |
5978 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files | 5984 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files |
5979 | 5985 | ||
5980 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned | 5986 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned |
5981 | with a request to reformat the changes. | 5987 | with a request to reformat the changes. |
5982 | 5988 | ||
5983 | 5989 | ||
5984 | Submitting Patches: | 5990 | Submitting Patches: |
5985 | ------------------- | 5991 | ------------------- |
5986 | 5992 | ||
5987 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to | 5993 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to |
5988 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules | 5994 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules |
5989 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. | 5995 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. |
5990 | 5996 | ||
5991 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. | 5997 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. |
5992 | 5998 | ||
5993 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; | 5999 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; |
5994 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot | 6000 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot |
5995 | 6001 | ||
5996 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with | 6002 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with |
5997 | it: | 6003 | it: |
5998 | 6004 | ||
5999 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes | 6005 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes |
6000 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the | 6006 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the |
6001 | patch actually fixes something. | 6007 | patch actually fixes something. |
6002 | 6008 | ||
6003 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your | 6009 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your |
6004 | implementation. | 6010 | implementation. |
6005 | 6011 | ||
6006 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) | 6012 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) |
6007 | 6013 | ||
6008 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file | 6014 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file |
6009 | 6015 | ||
6010 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a | 6016 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a |
6011 | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. | 6017 | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. |
6012 | 6018 | ||
6013 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to | 6019 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to |
6014 | document these in the README file. | 6020 | document these in the README file. |
6015 | 6021 | ||
6016 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* | 6022 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* |
6017 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the | 6023 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the |
6018 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to | 6024 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to |
6019 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems | 6025 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems |
6020 | with some other mail clients. | 6026 | with some other mail clients. |
6021 | 6027 | ||
6022 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of | 6028 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of |
6023 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of | 6029 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of |
6024 | GNU diff. | 6030 | GNU diff. |
6025 | 6031 | ||
6026 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent | 6032 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent |
6027 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that | 6033 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that |
6028 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the | 6034 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the |
6029 | affected files). | 6035 | affected files). |
6030 | 6036 | ||
6031 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, | 6037 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, |
6032 | and compressed attachments must not be used. | 6038 | and compressed attachments must not be used. |
6033 | 6039 | ||
6034 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several | 6040 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several |
6035 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. | 6041 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. |
6036 | 6042 | ||
6037 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be | 6043 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be |
6038 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. | 6044 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. |
6039 | 6045 | ||
6040 | 6046 | ||
6041 | Notes: | 6047 | Notes: |
6042 | 6048 | ||
6043 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched | 6049 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched |
6044 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported | 6050 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported |
6045 | for any of the boards. | 6051 | for any of the boards. |
6046 | 6052 | ||
6047 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch | 6053 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch |
6048 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be | 6054 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be |
6049 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. | 6055 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. |
6050 | 6056 | ||
6051 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not | 6057 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not |
6052 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! | 6058 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! |
6053 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only | 6059 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only |
6054 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature | 6060 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature |
6055 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your | 6061 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your |
6056 | modification. | 6062 | modification. |
6057 | 6063 | ||
6058 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the | 6064 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the |
6059 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are | 6065 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are |
6060 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches | 6066 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches |
6061 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. | 6067 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. |
6062 | 6068 |
drivers/mtd/spi/sf.c
1 | /* | 1 | /* |
2 | * SPI flash interface | 2 | * SPI flash interface |
3 | * | 3 | * |
4 | * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation | 4 | * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation |
5 | * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik | 5 | * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik |
6 | * | 6 | * |
7 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 7 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
8 | */ | 8 | */ |
9 | 9 | ||
10 | #include <common.h> | 10 | #include <common.h> |
11 | #include <spi.h> | 11 | #include <spi.h> |
12 | 12 | ||
13 | static int spi_flash_read_write(struct spi_slave *spi, | 13 | static int spi_flash_read_write(struct spi_slave *spi, |
14 | const u8 *cmd, size_t cmd_len, | 14 | const u8 *cmd, size_t cmd_len, |
15 | const u8 *data_out, u8 *data_in, | 15 | const u8 *data_out, u8 *data_in, |
16 | size_t data_len) | 16 | size_t data_len) |
17 | { | 17 | { |
18 | unsigned long flags = SPI_XFER_BEGIN; | 18 | unsigned long flags = SPI_XFER_BEGIN; |
19 | int ret; | 19 | int ret; |
20 | 20 | ||
21 | #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH | ||
21 | if (spi->flags & SPI_XFER_U_PAGE) | 22 | if (spi->flags & SPI_XFER_U_PAGE) |
22 | flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; | 23 | flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; |
23 | 24 | #endif | |
24 | if (data_len == 0) | 25 | if (data_len == 0) |
25 | flags |= SPI_XFER_END; | 26 | flags |= SPI_XFER_END; |
26 | 27 | ||
27 | ret = spi_xfer(spi, cmd_len * 8, cmd, NULL, flags); | 28 | ret = spi_xfer(spi, cmd_len * 8, cmd, NULL, flags); |
28 | if (ret) { | 29 | if (ret) { |
29 | debug("SF: Failed to send command (%zu bytes): %d\n", | 30 | debug("SF: Failed to send command (%zu bytes): %d\n", |
30 | cmd_len, ret); | 31 | cmd_len, ret); |
31 | } else if (data_len != 0) { | 32 | } else if (data_len != 0) { |
32 | ret = spi_xfer(spi, data_len * 8, data_out, data_in, | 33 | ret = spi_xfer(spi, data_len * 8, data_out, data_in, |
33 | SPI_XFER_END); | 34 | SPI_XFER_END); |
34 | if (ret) | 35 | if (ret) |
35 | debug("SF: Failed to transfer %zu bytes of data: %d\n", | 36 | debug("SF: Failed to transfer %zu bytes of data: %d\n", |
36 | data_len, ret); | 37 | data_len, ret); |
37 | } | 38 | } |
38 | 39 | ||
39 | return ret; | 40 | return ret; |
40 | } | 41 | } |
41 | 42 | ||
42 | int spi_flash_cmd_read(struct spi_slave *spi, const u8 *cmd, | 43 | int spi_flash_cmd_read(struct spi_slave *spi, const u8 *cmd, |
43 | size_t cmd_len, void *data, size_t data_len) | 44 | size_t cmd_len, void *data, size_t data_len) |
44 | { | 45 | { |
45 | return spi_flash_read_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, NULL, data, data_len); | 46 | return spi_flash_read_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, NULL, data, data_len); |
46 | } | 47 | } |
47 | 48 | ||
48 | int spi_flash_cmd(struct spi_slave *spi, u8 cmd, void *response, size_t len) | 49 | int spi_flash_cmd(struct spi_slave *spi, u8 cmd, void *response, size_t len) |
49 | { | 50 | { |
50 | return spi_flash_cmd_read(spi, &cmd, 1, response, len); | 51 | return spi_flash_cmd_read(spi, &cmd, 1, response, len); |
51 | } | 52 | } |
52 | 53 | ||
53 | int spi_flash_cmd_write(struct spi_slave *spi, const u8 *cmd, size_t cmd_len, | 54 | int spi_flash_cmd_write(struct spi_slave *spi, const u8 *cmd, size_t cmd_len, |
54 | const void *data, size_t data_len) | 55 | const void *data, size_t data_len) |
55 | { | 56 | { |
56 | return spi_flash_read_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, data, NULL, data_len); | 57 | return spi_flash_read_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, data, NULL, data_len); |
57 | } | 58 | } |
58 | 59 |
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_ops.c
1 | /* | 1 | /* |
2 | * SPI flash operations | 2 | * SPI flash operations |
3 | * | 3 | * |
4 | * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation | 4 | * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation |
5 | * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik | 5 | * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik |
6 | * Copyright (C) 2013 Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki, Xilinx Inc. | 6 | * Copyright (C) 2013 Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki, Xilinx Inc. |
7 | * | 7 | * |
8 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 8 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
9 | */ | 9 | */ |
10 | 10 | ||
11 | #include <common.h> | 11 | #include <common.h> |
12 | #include <malloc.h> | 12 | #include <malloc.h> |
13 | #include <spi.h> | 13 | #include <spi.h> |
14 | #include <spi_flash.h> | 14 | #include <spi_flash.h> |
15 | #include <watchdog.h> | 15 | #include <watchdog.h> |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | #include "sf_internal.h" | 17 | #include "sf_internal.h" |
18 | 18 | ||
19 | static void spi_flash_addr(u32 addr, u8 *cmd) | 19 | static void spi_flash_addr(u32 addr, u8 *cmd) |
20 | { | 20 | { |
21 | /* cmd[0] is actual command */ | 21 | /* cmd[0] is actual command */ |
22 | cmd[1] = addr >> 16; | 22 | cmd[1] = addr >> 16; |
23 | cmd[2] = addr >> 8; | 23 | cmd[2] = addr >> 8; |
24 | cmd[3] = addr >> 0; | 24 | cmd[3] = addr >> 0; |
25 | } | 25 | } |
26 | 26 | ||
27 | int spi_flash_cmd_read_status(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 *rs) | 27 | int spi_flash_cmd_read_status(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 *rs) |
28 | { | 28 | { |
29 | int ret; | 29 | int ret; |
30 | u8 cmd; | 30 | u8 cmd; |
31 | 31 | ||
32 | cmd = CMD_READ_STATUS; | 32 | cmd = CMD_READ_STATUS; |
33 | ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, &cmd, 1, rs, 1); | 33 | ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, &cmd, 1, rs, 1); |
34 | if (ret < 0) { | 34 | if (ret < 0) { |
35 | debug("SF: fail to read status register\n"); | 35 | debug("SF: fail to read status register\n"); |
36 | return ret; | 36 | return ret; |
37 | } | 37 | } |
38 | 38 | ||
39 | return 0; | 39 | return 0; |
40 | } | 40 | } |
41 | 41 | ||
42 | int spi_flash_cmd_write_status(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 ws) | 42 | int spi_flash_cmd_write_status(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 ws) |
43 | { | 43 | { |
44 | u8 cmd; | 44 | u8 cmd; |
45 | int ret; | 45 | int ret; |
46 | 46 | ||
47 | cmd = CMD_WRITE_STATUS; | 47 | cmd = CMD_WRITE_STATUS; |
48 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &ws, 1); | 48 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &ws, 1); |
49 | if (ret < 0) { | 49 | if (ret < 0) { |
50 | debug("SF: fail to write status register\n"); | 50 | debug("SF: fail to write status register\n"); |
51 | return ret; | 51 | return ret; |
52 | } | 52 | } |
53 | 53 | ||
54 | return 0; | 54 | return 0; |
55 | } | 55 | } |
56 | 56 | ||
57 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) | 57 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) |
58 | int spi_flash_cmd_read_config(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 *rc) | 58 | int spi_flash_cmd_read_config(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 *rc) |
59 | { | 59 | { |
60 | int ret; | 60 | int ret; |
61 | u8 cmd; | 61 | u8 cmd; |
62 | 62 | ||
63 | cmd = CMD_READ_CONFIG; | 63 | cmd = CMD_READ_CONFIG; |
64 | ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, &cmd, 1, rc, 1); | 64 | ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, &cmd, 1, rc, 1); |
65 | if (ret < 0) { | 65 | if (ret < 0) { |
66 | debug("SF: fail to read config register\n"); | 66 | debug("SF: fail to read config register\n"); |
67 | return ret; | 67 | return ret; |
68 | } | 68 | } |
69 | 69 | ||
70 | return 0; | 70 | return 0; |
71 | } | 71 | } |
72 | 72 | ||
73 | int spi_flash_cmd_write_config(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 wc) | 73 | int spi_flash_cmd_write_config(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 wc) |
74 | { | 74 | { |
75 | u8 data[2]; | 75 | u8 data[2]; |
76 | u8 cmd; | 76 | u8 cmd; |
77 | int ret; | 77 | int ret; |
78 | 78 | ||
79 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_status(flash, &data[0]); | 79 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_status(flash, &data[0]); |
80 | if (ret < 0) | 80 | if (ret < 0) |
81 | return ret; | 81 | return ret; |
82 | 82 | ||
83 | cmd = CMD_WRITE_STATUS; | 83 | cmd = CMD_WRITE_STATUS; |
84 | data[1] = wc; | 84 | data[1] = wc; |
85 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &data, 2); | 85 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &data, 2); |
86 | if (ret) { | 86 | if (ret) { |
87 | debug("SF: fail to write config register\n"); | 87 | debug("SF: fail to write config register\n"); |
88 | return ret; | 88 | return ret; |
89 | } | 89 | } |
90 | 90 | ||
91 | return 0; | 91 | return 0; |
92 | } | 92 | } |
93 | #endif | 93 | #endif |
94 | 94 | ||
95 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR | 95 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR |
96 | static int spi_flash_cmd_bankaddr_write(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 bank_sel) | 96 | static int spi_flash_cmd_bankaddr_write(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 bank_sel) |
97 | { | 97 | { |
98 | u8 cmd; | 98 | u8 cmd; |
99 | int ret; | 99 | int ret; |
100 | 100 | ||
101 | if (flash->bank_curr == bank_sel) { | 101 | if (flash->bank_curr == bank_sel) { |
102 | debug("SF: not require to enable bank%d\n", bank_sel); | 102 | debug("SF: not require to enable bank%d\n", bank_sel); |
103 | return 0; | 103 | return 0; |
104 | } | 104 | } |
105 | 105 | ||
106 | cmd = flash->bank_write_cmd; | 106 | cmd = flash->bank_write_cmd; |
107 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &bank_sel, 1); | 107 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, &cmd, 1, &bank_sel, 1); |
108 | if (ret < 0) { | 108 | if (ret < 0) { |
109 | debug("SF: fail to write bank register\n"); | 109 | debug("SF: fail to write bank register\n"); |
110 | return ret; | 110 | return ret; |
111 | } | 111 | } |
112 | flash->bank_curr = bank_sel; | 112 | flash->bank_curr = bank_sel; |
113 | 113 | ||
114 | return 0; | 114 | return 0; |
115 | } | 115 | } |
116 | 116 | ||
117 | static int spi_flash_bank(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset) | 117 | static int spi_flash_bank(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset) |
118 | { | 118 | { |
119 | u8 bank_sel; | 119 | u8 bank_sel; |
120 | int ret; | 120 | int ret; |
121 | 121 | ||
122 | bank_sel = offset / (SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << flash->shift); | 122 | bank_sel = offset / (SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << flash->shift); |
123 | 123 | ||
124 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_bankaddr_write(flash, bank_sel); | 124 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_bankaddr_write(flash, bank_sel); |
125 | if (ret) { | 125 | if (ret) { |
126 | debug("SF: fail to set bank%d\n", bank_sel); | 126 | debug("SF: fail to set bank%d\n", bank_sel); |
127 | return ret; | 127 | return ret; |
128 | } | 128 | } |
129 | 129 | ||
130 | return bank_sel; | 130 | return bank_sel; |
131 | } | 131 | } |
132 | #endif | 132 | #endif |
133 | 133 | ||
134 | #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH | ||
134 | static void spi_flash_dual_flash(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 *addr) | 135 | static void spi_flash_dual_flash(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 *addr) |
135 | { | 136 | { |
136 | switch (flash->dual_flash) { | 137 | switch (flash->dual_flash) { |
137 | case SF_DUAL_STACKED_FLASH: | 138 | case SF_DUAL_STACKED_FLASH: |
138 | if (*addr >= (flash->size >> 1)) { | 139 | if (*addr >= (flash->size >> 1)) { |
139 | *addr -= flash->size >> 1; | 140 | *addr -= flash->size >> 1; |
140 | flash->spi->flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; | 141 | flash->spi->flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; |
141 | } else { | 142 | } else { |
142 | flash->spi->flags &= ~SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; | 143 | flash->spi->flags &= ~SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; |
143 | } | 144 | } |
144 | break; | 145 | break; |
145 | case SF_DUAL_PARALLEL_FLASH: | 146 | case SF_DUAL_PARALLEL_FLASH: |
146 | *addr >>= flash->shift; | 147 | *addr >>= flash->shift; |
147 | break; | 148 | break; |
148 | default: | 149 | default: |
149 | debug("SF: Unsupported dual_flash=%d\n", flash->dual_flash); | 150 | debug("SF: Unsupported dual_flash=%d\n", flash->dual_flash); |
150 | break; | 151 | break; |
151 | } | 152 | } |
152 | } | 153 | } |
154 | #endif | ||
153 | 155 | ||
154 | int spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(struct spi_flash *flash, unsigned long timeout) | 156 | int spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(struct spi_flash *flash, unsigned long timeout) |
155 | { | 157 | { |
156 | struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; | 158 | struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; |
157 | unsigned long timebase; | 159 | unsigned long timebase; |
158 | unsigned long flags = SPI_XFER_BEGIN; | 160 | unsigned long flags = SPI_XFER_BEGIN; |
159 | int ret; | 161 | int ret; |
160 | u8 status; | 162 | u8 status; |
161 | u8 check_status = 0x0; | 163 | u8 check_status = 0x0; |
162 | u8 poll_bit = STATUS_WIP; | 164 | u8 poll_bit = STATUS_WIP; |
163 | u8 cmd = flash->poll_cmd; | 165 | u8 cmd = flash->poll_cmd; |
164 | 166 | ||
165 | if (cmd == CMD_FLAG_STATUS) { | 167 | if (cmd == CMD_FLAG_STATUS) { |
166 | poll_bit = STATUS_PEC; | 168 | poll_bit = STATUS_PEC; |
167 | check_status = poll_bit; | 169 | check_status = poll_bit; |
168 | } | 170 | } |
169 | 171 | ||
172 | #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH | ||
170 | if (spi->flags & SPI_XFER_U_PAGE) | 173 | if (spi->flags & SPI_XFER_U_PAGE) |
171 | flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; | 174 | flags |= SPI_XFER_U_PAGE; |
172 | 175 | #endif | |
173 | ret = spi_xfer(spi, 8, &cmd, NULL, flags); | 176 | ret = spi_xfer(spi, 8, &cmd, NULL, flags); |
174 | if (ret) { | 177 | if (ret) { |
175 | debug("SF: fail to read %s status register\n", | 178 | debug("SF: fail to read %s status register\n", |
176 | cmd == CMD_READ_STATUS ? "read" : "flag"); | 179 | cmd == CMD_READ_STATUS ? "read" : "flag"); |
177 | return ret; | 180 | return ret; |
178 | } | 181 | } |
179 | 182 | ||
180 | timebase = get_timer(0); | 183 | timebase = get_timer(0); |
181 | do { | 184 | do { |
182 | WATCHDOG_RESET(); | 185 | WATCHDOG_RESET(); |
183 | 186 | ||
184 | ret = spi_xfer(spi, 8, NULL, &status, 0); | 187 | ret = spi_xfer(spi, 8, NULL, &status, 0); |
185 | if (ret) | 188 | if (ret) |
186 | return -1; | 189 | return -1; |
187 | 190 | ||
188 | if ((status & poll_bit) == check_status) | 191 | if ((status & poll_bit) == check_status) |
189 | break; | 192 | break; |
190 | 193 | ||
191 | } while (get_timer(timebase) < timeout); | 194 | } while (get_timer(timebase) < timeout); |
192 | 195 | ||
193 | spi_xfer(spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_END); | 196 | spi_xfer(spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_END); |
194 | 197 | ||
195 | if ((status & poll_bit) == check_status) | 198 | if ((status & poll_bit) == check_status) |
196 | return 0; | 199 | return 0; |
197 | 200 | ||
198 | /* Timed out */ | 201 | /* Timed out */ |
199 | debug("SF: time out!\n"); | 202 | debug("SF: time out!\n"); |
200 | return -1; | 203 | return -1; |
201 | } | 204 | } |
202 | 205 | ||
203 | int spi_flash_write_common(struct spi_flash *flash, const u8 *cmd, | 206 | int spi_flash_write_common(struct spi_flash *flash, const u8 *cmd, |
204 | size_t cmd_len, const void *buf, size_t buf_len) | 207 | size_t cmd_len, const void *buf, size_t buf_len) |
205 | { | 208 | { |
206 | struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; | 209 | struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; |
207 | unsigned long timeout = SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT; | 210 | unsigned long timeout = SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT; |
208 | int ret; | 211 | int ret; |
209 | 212 | ||
210 | if (buf == NULL) | 213 | if (buf == NULL) |
211 | timeout = SPI_FLASH_PAGE_ERASE_TIMEOUT; | 214 | timeout = SPI_FLASH_PAGE_ERASE_TIMEOUT; |
212 | 215 | ||
213 | ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); | 216 | ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); |
214 | if (ret) { | 217 | if (ret) { |
215 | debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); | 218 | debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); |
216 | return ret; | 219 | return ret; |
217 | } | 220 | } |
218 | 221 | ||
219 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); | 222 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); |
220 | if (ret < 0) { | 223 | if (ret < 0) { |
221 | debug("SF: enabling write failed\n"); | 224 | debug("SF: enabling write failed\n"); |
222 | return ret; | 225 | return ret; |
223 | } | 226 | } |
224 | 227 | ||
225 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, buf, buf_len); | 228 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(spi, cmd, cmd_len, buf, buf_len); |
226 | if (ret < 0) { | 229 | if (ret < 0) { |
227 | debug("SF: write cmd failed\n"); | 230 | debug("SF: write cmd failed\n"); |
228 | return ret; | 231 | return ret; |
229 | } | 232 | } |
230 | 233 | ||
231 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, timeout); | 234 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, timeout); |
232 | if (ret < 0) { | 235 | if (ret < 0) { |
233 | debug("SF: write %s timed out\n", | 236 | debug("SF: write %s timed out\n", |
234 | timeout == SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT ? | 237 | timeout == SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT ? |
235 | "program" : "page erase"); | 238 | "program" : "page erase"); |
236 | return ret; | 239 | return ret; |
237 | } | 240 | } |
238 | 241 | ||
239 | spi_release_bus(spi); | 242 | spi_release_bus(spi); |
240 | 243 | ||
241 | return ret; | 244 | return ret; |
242 | } | 245 | } |
243 | 246 | ||
244 | int spi_flash_cmd_erase_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, size_t len) | 247 | int spi_flash_cmd_erase_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, size_t len) |
245 | { | 248 | { |
246 | u32 erase_size, erase_addr; | 249 | u32 erase_size, erase_addr; |
247 | u8 cmd[SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN]; | 250 | u8 cmd[SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN]; |
248 | int ret = -1; | 251 | int ret = -1; |
249 | 252 | ||
250 | erase_size = flash->erase_size; | 253 | erase_size = flash->erase_size; |
251 | if (offset % erase_size || len % erase_size) { | 254 | if (offset % erase_size || len % erase_size) { |
252 | debug("SF: Erase offset/length not multiple of erase size\n"); | 255 | debug("SF: Erase offset/length not multiple of erase size\n"); |
253 | return -1; | 256 | return -1; |
254 | } | 257 | } |
255 | 258 | ||
256 | cmd[0] = flash->erase_cmd; | 259 | cmd[0] = flash->erase_cmd; |
257 | while (len) { | 260 | while (len) { |
258 | erase_addr = offset; | 261 | erase_addr = offset; |
259 | 262 | ||
263 | #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH | ||
260 | if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) | 264 | if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) |
261 | spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &erase_addr); | 265 | spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &erase_addr); |
262 | 266 | #endif | |
263 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR | 267 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR |
264 | ret = spi_flash_bank(flash, erase_addr); | 268 | ret = spi_flash_bank(flash, erase_addr); |
265 | if (ret < 0) | 269 | if (ret < 0) |
266 | return ret; | 270 | return ret; |
267 | #endif | 271 | #endif |
268 | spi_flash_addr(erase_addr, cmd); | 272 | spi_flash_addr(erase_addr, cmd); |
269 | 273 | ||
270 | debug("SF: erase %2x %2x %2x %2x (%x)\n", cmd[0], cmd[1], | 274 | debug("SF: erase %2x %2x %2x %2x (%x)\n", cmd[0], cmd[1], |
271 | cmd[2], cmd[3], erase_addr); | 275 | cmd[2], cmd[3], erase_addr); |
272 | 276 | ||
273 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, cmd, sizeof(cmd), NULL, 0); | 277 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, cmd, sizeof(cmd), NULL, 0); |
274 | if (ret < 0) { | 278 | if (ret < 0) { |
275 | debug("SF: erase failed\n"); | 279 | debug("SF: erase failed\n"); |
276 | break; | 280 | break; |
277 | } | 281 | } |
278 | 282 | ||
279 | offset += erase_size; | 283 | offset += erase_size; |
280 | len -= erase_size; | 284 | len -= erase_size; |
281 | } | 285 | } |
282 | 286 | ||
283 | return ret; | 287 | return ret; |
284 | } | 288 | } |
285 | 289 | ||
286 | int spi_flash_cmd_write_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, | 290 | int spi_flash_cmd_write_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, |
287 | size_t len, const void *buf) | 291 | size_t len, const void *buf) |
288 | { | 292 | { |
289 | unsigned long byte_addr, page_size; | 293 | unsigned long byte_addr, page_size; |
290 | u32 write_addr; | 294 | u32 write_addr; |
291 | size_t chunk_len, actual; | 295 | size_t chunk_len, actual; |
292 | u8 cmd[SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN]; | 296 | u8 cmd[SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN]; |
293 | int ret = -1; | 297 | int ret = -1; |
294 | 298 | ||
295 | page_size = flash->page_size; | 299 | page_size = flash->page_size; |
296 | 300 | ||
297 | cmd[0] = flash->write_cmd; | 301 | cmd[0] = flash->write_cmd; |
298 | for (actual = 0; actual < len; actual += chunk_len) { | 302 | for (actual = 0; actual < len; actual += chunk_len) { |
299 | write_addr = offset; | 303 | write_addr = offset; |
300 | 304 | ||
305 | #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH | ||
301 | if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) | 306 | if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) |
302 | spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &write_addr); | 307 | spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &write_addr); |
303 | 308 | #endif | |
304 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR | 309 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR |
305 | ret = spi_flash_bank(flash, write_addr); | 310 | ret = spi_flash_bank(flash, write_addr); |
306 | if (ret < 0) | 311 | if (ret < 0) |
307 | return ret; | 312 | return ret; |
308 | #endif | 313 | #endif |
309 | byte_addr = offset % page_size; | 314 | byte_addr = offset % page_size; |
310 | chunk_len = min(len - actual, page_size - byte_addr); | 315 | chunk_len = min(len - actual, page_size - byte_addr); |
311 | 316 | ||
312 | if (flash->spi->max_write_size) | 317 | if (flash->spi->max_write_size) |
313 | chunk_len = min(chunk_len, flash->spi->max_write_size); | 318 | chunk_len = min(chunk_len, flash->spi->max_write_size); |
314 | 319 | ||
315 | spi_flash_addr(write_addr, cmd); | 320 | spi_flash_addr(write_addr, cmd); |
316 | 321 | ||
317 | debug("SF: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%02x%02x%02x } chunk_len = %zu\n", | 322 | debug("SF: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%02x%02x%02x } chunk_len = %zu\n", |
318 | buf + actual, cmd[0], cmd[1], cmd[2], cmd[3], chunk_len); | 323 | buf + actual, cmd[0], cmd[1], cmd[2], cmd[3], chunk_len); |
319 | 324 | ||
320 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, cmd, sizeof(cmd), | 325 | ret = spi_flash_write_common(flash, cmd, sizeof(cmd), |
321 | buf + actual, chunk_len); | 326 | buf + actual, chunk_len); |
322 | if (ret < 0) { | 327 | if (ret < 0) { |
323 | debug("SF: write failed\n"); | 328 | debug("SF: write failed\n"); |
324 | break; | 329 | break; |
325 | } | 330 | } |
326 | 331 | ||
327 | offset += chunk_len; | 332 | offset += chunk_len; |
328 | } | 333 | } |
329 | 334 | ||
330 | return ret; | 335 | return ret; |
331 | } | 336 | } |
332 | 337 | ||
333 | int spi_flash_read_common(struct spi_flash *flash, const u8 *cmd, | 338 | int spi_flash_read_common(struct spi_flash *flash, const u8 *cmd, |
334 | size_t cmd_len, void *data, size_t data_len) | 339 | size_t cmd_len, void *data, size_t data_len) |
335 | { | 340 | { |
336 | struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; | 341 | struct spi_slave *spi = flash->spi; |
337 | int ret; | 342 | int ret; |
338 | 343 | ||
339 | ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); | 344 | ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); |
340 | if (ret) { | 345 | if (ret) { |
341 | debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); | 346 | debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); |
342 | return ret; | 347 | return ret; |
343 | } | 348 | } |
344 | 349 | ||
345 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_read(spi, cmd, cmd_len, data, data_len); | 350 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_read(spi, cmd, cmd_len, data, data_len); |
346 | if (ret < 0) { | 351 | if (ret < 0) { |
347 | debug("SF: read cmd failed\n"); | 352 | debug("SF: read cmd failed\n"); |
348 | return ret; | 353 | return ret; |
349 | } | 354 | } |
350 | 355 | ||
351 | spi_release_bus(spi); | 356 | spi_release_bus(spi); |
352 | 357 | ||
353 | return ret; | 358 | return ret; |
354 | } | 359 | } |
355 | 360 | ||
356 | int spi_flash_cmd_read_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, | 361 | int spi_flash_cmd_read_ops(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, |
357 | size_t len, void *data) | 362 | size_t len, void *data) |
358 | { | 363 | { |
359 | u8 *cmd, cmdsz; | 364 | u8 *cmd, cmdsz; |
360 | u32 remain_len, read_len, read_addr; | 365 | u32 remain_len, read_len, read_addr; |
361 | int bank_sel = 0; | 366 | int bank_sel = 0; |
362 | int ret = -1; | 367 | int ret = -1; |
363 | 368 | ||
364 | /* Handle memory-mapped SPI */ | 369 | /* Handle memory-mapped SPI */ |
365 | if (flash->memory_map) { | 370 | if (flash->memory_map) { |
366 | ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); | 371 | ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); |
367 | if (ret) { | 372 | if (ret) { |
368 | debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); | 373 | debug("SF: unable to claim SPI bus\n"); |
369 | return ret; | 374 | return ret; |
370 | } | 375 | } |
371 | spi_xfer(flash->spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_MMAP); | 376 | spi_xfer(flash->spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_MMAP); |
372 | memcpy(data, flash->memory_map + offset, len); | 377 | memcpy(data, flash->memory_map + offset, len); |
373 | spi_xfer(flash->spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_MMAP_END); | 378 | spi_xfer(flash->spi, 0, NULL, NULL, SPI_XFER_MMAP_END); |
374 | spi_release_bus(flash->spi); | 379 | spi_release_bus(flash->spi); |
375 | return 0; | 380 | return 0; |
376 | } | 381 | } |
377 | 382 | ||
378 | cmdsz = SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN + flash->dummy_byte; | 383 | cmdsz = SPI_FLASH_CMD_LEN + flash->dummy_byte; |
379 | cmd = malloc(cmdsz); | 384 | cmd = malloc(cmdsz); |
380 | memset(cmd, 0, cmdsz); | 385 | memset(cmd, 0, cmdsz); |
381 | 386 | ||
382 | cmd[0] = flash->read_cmd; | 387 | cmd[0] = flash->read_cmd; |
383 | while (len) { | 388 | while (len) { |
384 | read_addr = offset; | 389 | read_addr = offset; |
385 | 390 | ||
391 | #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH | ||
386 | if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) | 392 | if (flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) |
387 | spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &read_addr); | 393 | spi_flash_dual_flash(flash, &read_addr); |
388 | 394 | #endif | |
389 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR | 395 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR |
390 | bank_sel = spi_flash_bank(flash, read_addr); | 396 | bank_sel = spi_flash_bank(flash, read_addr); |
391 | if (bank_sel < 0) | 397 | if (bank_sel < 0) |
392 | return ret; | 398 | return ret; |
393 | #endif | 399 | #endif |
394 | remain_len = ((SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << flash->shift) * | 400 | remain_len = ((SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << flash->shift) * |
395 | (bank_sel + 1)) - offset; | 401 | (bank_sel + 1)) - offset; |
396 | if (len < remain_len) | 402 | if (len < remain_len) |
397 | read_len = len; | 403 | read_len = len; |
398 | else | 404 | else |
399 | read_len = remain_len; | 405 | read_len = remain_len; |
400 | 406 | ||
401 | spi_flash_addr(read_addr, cmd); | 407 | spi_flash_addr(read_addr, cmd); |
402 | 408 | ||
403 | ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, cmd, cmdsz, data, read_len); | 409 | ret = spi_flash_read_common(flash, cmd, cmdsz, data, read_len); |
404 | if (ret < 0) { | 410 | if (ret < 0) { |
405 | debug("SF: read failed\n"); | 411 | debug("SF: read failed\n"); |
406 | break; | 412 | break; |
407 | } | 413 | } |
408 | 414 | ||
409 | offset += read_len; | 415 | offset += read_len; |
410 | len -= read_len; | 416 | len -= read_len; |
411 | data += read_len; | 417 | data += read_len; |
412 | } | 418 | } |
413 | 419 | ||
414 | return ret; | 420 | return ret; |
415 | } | 421 | } |
416 | 422 | ||
417 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST | 423 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST |
418 | static int sst_byte_write(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, const void *buf) | 424 | static int sst_byte_write(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, const void *buf) |
419 | { | 425 | { |
420 | int ret; | 426 | int ret; |
421 | u8 cmd[4] = { | 427 | u8 cmd[4] = { |
422 | CMD_SST_BP, | 428 | CMD_SST_BP, |
423 | offset >> 16, | 429 | offset >> 16, |
424 | offset >> 8, | 430 | offset >> 8, |
425 | offset, | 431 | offset, |
426 | }; | 432 | }; |
427 | 433 | ||
428 | debug("BP[%02x]: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%06x }\n", | 434 | debug("BP[%02x]: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%06x }\n", |
429 | spi_w8r8(flash->spi, CMD_READ_STATUS), buf, cmd[0], offset); | 435 | spi_w8r8(flash->spi, CMD_READ_STATUS), buf, cmd[0], offset); |
430 | 436 | ||
431 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); | 437 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); |
432 | if (ret) | 438 | if (ret) |
433 | return ret; | 439 | return ret; |
434 | 440 | ||
435 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(flash->spi, cmd, sizeof(cmd), buf, 1); | 441 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(flash->spi, cmd, sizeof(cmd), buf, 1); |
436 | if (ret) | 442 | if (ret) |
437 | return ret; | 443 | return ret; |
438 | 444 | ||
439 | return spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT); | 445 | return spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT); |
440 | } | 446 | } |
441 | 447 | ||
442 | int sst_write_wp(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, size_t len, | 448 | int sst_write_wp(struct spi_flash *flash, u32 offset, size_t len, |
443 | const void *buf) | 449 | const void *buf) |
444 | { | 450 | { |
445 | size_t actual, cmd_len; | 451 | size_t actual, cmd_len; |
446 | int ret; | 452 | int ret; |
447 | u8 cmd[4]; | 453 | u8 cmd[4]; |
448 | 454 | ||
449 | ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); | 455 | ret = spi_claim_bus(flash->spi); |
450 | if (ret) { | 456 | if (ret) { |
451 | debug("SF: Unable to claim SPI bus\n"); | 457 | debug("SF: Unable to claim SPI bus\n"); |
452 | return ret; | 458 | return ret; |
453 | } | 459 | } |
454 | 460 | ||
455 | /* If the data is not word aligned, write out leading single byte */ | 461 | /* If the data is not word aligned, write out leading single byte */ |
456 | actual = offset % 2; | 462 | actual = offset % 2; |
457 | if (actual) { | 463 | if (actual) { |
458 | ret = sst_byte_write(flash, offset, buf); | 464 | ret = sst_byte_write(flash, offset, buf); |
459 | if (ret) | 465 | if (ret) |
460 | goto done; | 466 | goto done; |
461 | } | 467 | } |
462 | offset += actual; | 468 | offset += actual; |
463 | 469 | ||
464 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); | 470 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_enable(flash); |
465 | if (ret) | 471 | if (ret) |
466 | goto done; | 472 | goto done; |
467 | 473 | ||
468 | cmd_len = 4; | 474 | cmd_len = 4; |
469 | cmd[0] = CMD_SST_AAI_WP; | 475 | cmd[0] = CMD_SST_AAI_WP; |
470 | cmd[1] = offset >> 16; | 476 | cmd[1] = offset >> 16; |
471 | cmd[2] = offset >> 8; | 477 | cmd[2] = offset >> 8; |
472 | cmd[3] = offset; | 478 | cmd[3] = offset; |
473 | 479 | ||
474 | for (; actual < len - 1; actual += 2) { | 480 | for (; actual < len - 1; actual += 2) { |
475 | debug("WP[%02x]: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%06x }\n", | 481 | debug("WP[%02x]: 0x%p => cmd = { 0x%02x 0x%06x }\n", |
476 | spi_w8r8(flash->spi, CMD_READ_STATUS), buf + actual, | 482 | spi_w8r8(flash->spi, CMD_READ_STATUS), buf + actual, |
477 | cmd[0], offset); | 483 | cmd[0], offset); |
478 | 484 | ||
479 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(flash->spi, cmd, cmd_len, | 485 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write(flash->spi, cmd, cmd_len, |
480 | buf + actual, 2); | 486 | buf + actual, 2); |
481 | if (ret) { | 487 | if (ret) { |
482 | debug("SF: sst word program failed\n"); | 488 | debug("SF: sst word program failed\n"); |
483 | break; | 489 | break; |
484 | } | 490 | } |
485 | 491 | ||
486 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT); | 492 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_wait_ready(flash, SPI_FLASH_PROG_TIMEOUT); |
487 | if (ret) | 493 | if (ret) |
488 | break; | 494 | break; |
489 | 495 | ||
490 | cmd_len = 1; | 496 | cmd_len = 1; |
491 | offset += 2; | 497 | offset += 2; |
492 | } | 498 | } |
493 | 499 | ||
494 | if (!ret) | 500 | if (!ret) |
495 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_disable(flash); | 501 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_disable(flash); |
496 | 502 | ||
497 | /* If there is a single trailing byte, write it out */ | 503 | /* If there is a single trailing byte, write it out */ |
498 | if (!ret && actual != len) | 504 | if (!ret && actual != len) |
499 | ret = sst_byte_write(flash, offset, buf + actual); | 505 | ret = sst_byte_write(flash, offset, buf + actual); |
500 | 506 | ||
501 | done: | 507 | done: |
502 | debug("SF: sst: program %s %zu bytes @ 0x%zx\n", | 508 | debug("SF: sst: program %s %zu bytes @ 0x%zx\n", |
503 | ret ? "failure" : "success", len, offset - actual); | 509 | ret ? "failure" : "success", len, offset - actual); |
504 | 510 | ||
505 | spi_release_bus(flash->spi); | 511 | spi_release_bus(flash->spi); |
506 | return ret; | 512 | return ret; |
507 | } | 513 | } |
508 | #endif | 514 | #endif |
509 | 515 |
drivers/mtd/spi/sf_probe.c
1 | /* | 1 | /* |
2 | * SPI flash probing | 2 | * SPI flash probing |
3 | * | 3 | * |
4 | * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation | 4 | * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation |
5 | * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik | 5 | * Copyright (C) 2010 Reinhard Meyer, EMK Elektronik |
6 | * Copyright (C) 2013 Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki, Xilinx Inc. | 6 | * Copyright (C) 2013 Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki, Xilinx Inc. |
7 | * | 7 | * |
8 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 8 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
9 | */ | 9 | */ |
10 | 10 | ||
11 | #include <common.h> | 11 | #include <common.h> |
12 | #include <fdtdec.h> | 12 | #include <fdtdec.h> |
13 | #include <malloc.h> | 13 | #include <malloc.h> |
14 | #include <spi.h> | 14 | #include <spi.h> |
15 | #include <spi_flash.h> | 15 | #include <spi_flash.h> |
16 | #include <asm/io.h> | 16 | #include <asm/io.h> |
17 | 17 | ||
18 | #include "sf_internal.h" | 18 | #include "sf_internal.h" |
19 | 19 | ||
20 | DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; | 20 | DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; |
21 | 21 | ||
22 | /* Read commands array */ | 22 | /* Read commands array */ |
23 | static u8 spi_read_cmds_array[] = { | 23 | static u8 spi_read_cmds_array[] = { |
24 | CMD_READ_ARRAY_SLOW, | 24 | CMD_READ_ARRAY_SLOW, |
25 | CMD_READ_DUAL_OUTPUT_FAST, | 25 | CMD_READ_DUAL_OUTPUT_FAST, |
26 | CMD_READ_DUAL_IO_FAST, | 26 | CMD_READ_DUAL_IO_FAST, |
27 | CMD_READ_QUAD_OUTPUT_FAST, | 27 | CMD_READ_QUAD_OUTPUT_FAST, |
28 | CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST, | 28 | CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST, |
29 | }; | 29 | }; |
30 | 30 | ||
31 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX | 31 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX |
32 | static int spi_flash_set_qeb_mxic(struct spi_flash *flash) | 32 | static int spi_flash_set_qeb_mxic(struct spi_flash *flash) |
33 | { | 33 | { |
34 | u8 qeb_status; | 34 | u8 qeb_status; |
35 | int ret; | 35 | int ret; |
36 | 36 | ||
37 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_status(flash, &qeb_status); | 37 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_status(flash, &qeb_status); |
38 | if (ret < 0) | 38 | if (ret < 0) |
39 | return ret; | 39 | return ret; |
40 | 40 | ||
41 | if (qeb_status & STATUS_QEB_MXIC) { | 41 | if (qeb_status & STATUS_QEB_MXIC) { |
42 | debug("SF: mxic: QEB is already set\n"); | 42 | debug("SF: mxic: QEB is already set\n"); |
43 | } else { | 43 | } else { |
44 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_status(flash, STATUS_QEB_MXIC); | 44 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_status(flash, STATUS_QEB_MXIC); |
45 | if (ret < 0) | 45 | if (ret < 0) |
46 | return ret; | 46 | return ret; |
47 | } | 47 | } |
48 | 48 | ||
49 | return ret; | 49 | return ret; |
50 | } | 50 | } |
51 | #endif | 51 | #endif |
52 | 52 | ||
53 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) | 53 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) |
54 | static int spi_flash_set_qeb_winspan(struct spi_flash *flash) | 54 | static int spi_flash_set_qeb_winspan(struct spi_flash *flash) |
55 | { | 55 | { |
56 | u8 qeb_status; | 56 | u8 qeb_status; |
57 | int ret; | 57 | int ret; |
58 | 58 | ||
59 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_config(flash, &qeb_status); | 59 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_read_config(flash, &qeb_status); |
60 | if (ret < 0) | 60 | if (ret < 0) |
61 | return ret; | 61 | return ret; |
62 | 62 | ||
63 | if (qeb_status & STATUS_QEB_WINSPAN) { | 63 | if (qeb_status & STATUS_QEB_WINSPAN) { |
64 | debug("SF: winspan: QEB is already set\n"); | 64 | debug("SF: winspan: QEB is already set\n"); |
65 | } else { | 65 | } else { |
66 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_config(flash, STATUS_QEB_WINSPAN); | 66 | ret = spi_flash_cmd_write_config(flash, STATUS_QEB_WINSPAN); |
67 | if (ret < 0) | 67 | if (ret < 0) |
68 | return ret; | 68 | return ret; |
69 | } | 69 | } |
70 | 70 | ||
71 | return ret; | 71 | return ret; |
72 | } | 72 | } |
73 | #endif | 73 | #endif |
74 | 74 | ||
75 | static int spi_flash_set_qeb(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 idcode0) | 75 | static int spi_flash_set_qeb(struct spi_flash *flash, u8 idcode0) |
76 | { | 76 | { |
77 | switch (idcode0) { | 77 | switch (idcode0) { |
78 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX | 78 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX |
79 | case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_MACRONIX: | 79 | case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_MACRONIX: |
80 | return spi_flash_set_qeb_mxic(flash); | 80 | return spi_flash_set_qeb_mxic(flash); |
81 | #endif | 81 | #endif |
82 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) | 82 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION) || defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WINBOND) |
83 | case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_SPANSION: | 83 | case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_SPANSION: |
84 | case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_WINBOND: | 84 | case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_WINBOND: |
85 | return spi_flash_set_qeb_winspan(flash); | 85 | return spi_flash_set_qeb_winspan(flash); |
86 | #endif | 86 | #endif |
87 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO | 87 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO |
88 | case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_STMICRO: | 88 | case SPI_FLASH_CFI_MFR_STMICRO: |
89 | debug("SF: QEB is volatile for %02x flash\n", idcode0); | 89 | debug("SF: QEB is volatile for %02x flash\n", idcode0); |
90 | return 0; | 90 | return 0; |
91 | #endif | 91 | #endif |
92 | default: | 92 | default: |
93 | printf("SF: Need set QEB func for %02x flash\n", idcode0); | 93 | printf("SF: Need set QEB func for %02x flash\n", idcode0); |
94 | return -1; | 94 | return -1; |
95 | } | 95 | } |
96 | } | 96 | } |
97 | 97 | ||
98 | static struct spi_flash *spi_flash_validate_params(struct spi_slave *spi, | 98 | static struct spi_flash *spi_flash_validate_params(struct spi_slave *spi, |
99 | u8 *idcode) | 99 | u8 *idcode) |
100 | { | 100 | { |
101 | const struct spi_flash_params *params; | 101 | const struct spi_flash_params *params; |
102 | struct spi_flash *flash; | 102 | struct spi_flash *flash; |
103 | u8 cmd; | 103 | u8 cmd; |
104 | u16 jedec = idcode[1] << 8 | idcode[2]; | 104 | u16 jedec = idcode[1] << 8 | idcode[2]; |
105 | u16 ext_jedec = idcode[3] << 8 | idcode[4]; | 105 | u16 ext_jedec = idcode[3] << 8 | idcode[4]; |
106 | 106 | ||
107 | params = spi_flash_params_table; | 107 | params = spi_flash_params_table; |
108 | for (; params->name != NULL; params++) { | 108 | for (; params->name != NULL; params++) { |
109 | if ((params->jedec >> 16) == idcode[0]) { | 109 | if ((params->jedec >> 16) == idcode[0]) { |
110 | if ((params->jedec & 0xFFFF) == jedec) { | 110 | if ((params->jedec & 0xFFFF) == jedec) { |
111 | if (params->ext_jedec == 0) | 111 | if (params->ext_jedec == 0) |
112 | break; | 112 | break; |
113 | else if (params->ext_jedec == ext_jedec) | 113 | else if (params->ext_jedec == ext_jedec) |
114 | break; | 114 | break; |
115 | } | 115 | } |
116 | } | 116 | } |
117 | } | 117 | } |
118 | 118 | ||
119 | if (!params->name) { | 119 | if (!params->name) { |
120 | printf("SF: Unsupported flash IDs: "); | 120 | printf("SF: Unsupported flash IDs: "); |
121 | printf("manuf %02x, jedec %04x, ext_jedec %04x\n", | 121 | printf("manuf %02x, jedec %04x, ext_jedec %04x\n", |
122 | idcode[0], jedec, ext_jedec); | 122 | idcode[0], jedec, ext_jedec); |
123 | return NULL; | 123 | return NULL; |
124 | } | 124 | } |
125 | 125 | ||
126 | flash = malloc(sizeof(*flash)); | 126 | flash = malloc(sizeof(*flash)); |
127 | if (!flash) { | 127 | if (!flash) { |
128 | debug("SF: Failed to allocate spi_flash\n"); | 128 | debug("SF: Failed to allocate spi_flash\n"); |
129 | return NULL; | 129 | return NULL; |
130 | } | 130 | } |
131 | memset(flash, '\0', sizeof(*flash)); | 131 | memset(flash, '\0', sizeof(*flash)); |
132 | 132 | ||
133 | /* Assign spi data */ | 133 | /* Assign spi data */ |
134 | flash->spi = spi; | 134 | flash->spi = spi; |
135 | flash->name = params->name; | 135 | flash->name = params->name; |
136 | flash->memory_map = spi->memory_map; | 136 | flash->memory_map = spi->memory_map; |
137 | flash->dual_flash = flash->spi->option; | 137 | flash->dual_flash = flash->spi->option; |
138 | 138 | ||
139 | /* Assign spi_flash ops */ | 139 | /* Assign spi_flash ops */ |
140 | flash->write = spi_flash_cmd_write_ops; | 140 | flash->write = spi_flash_cmd_write_ops; |
141 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST | 141 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST |
142 | if (params->flags & SST_WP) | 142 | if (params->flags & SST_WP) |
143 | flash->write = sst_write_wp; | 143 | flash->write = sst_write_wp; |
144 | #endif | 144 | #endif |
145 | flash->erase = spi_flash_cmd_erase_ops; | 145 | flash->erase = spi_flash_cmd_erase_ops; |
146 | flash->read = spi_flash_cmd_read_ops; | 146 | flash->read = spi_flash_cmd_read_ops; |
147 | 147 | ||
148 | /* Compute the flash size */ | 148 | /* Compute the flash size */ |
149 | flash->shift = (flash->dual_flash & SF_DUAL_PARALLEL_FLASH) ? 1 : 0; | 149 | flash->shift = (flash->dual_flash & SF_DUAL_PARALLEL_FLASH) ? 1 : 0; |
150 | flash->page_size = ((ext_jedec == 0x4d00) ? 512 : 256) << flash->shift; | 150 | flash->page_size = ((ext_jedec == 0x4d00) ? 512 : 256) << flash->shift; |
151 | flash->sector_size = params->sector_size << flash->shift; | 151 | flash->sector_size = params->sector_size << flash->shift; |
152 | flash->size = flash->sector_size * params->nr_sectors << flash->shift; | 152 | flash->size = flash->sector_size * params->nr_sectors << flash->shift; |
153 | #ifdef CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH | ||
153 | if (flash->dual_flash & SF_DUAL_STACKED_FLASH) | 154 | if (flash->dual_flash & SF_DUAL_STACKED_FLASH) |
154 | flash->size <<= 1; | 155 | flash->size <<= 1; |
156 | #endif | ||
155 | 157 | ||
156 | /* Compute erase sector and command */ | 158 | /* Compute erase sector and command */ |
157 | if (params->flags & SECT_4K) { | 159 | if (params->flags & SECT_4K) { |
158 | flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_4K; | 160 | flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_4K; |
159 | flash->erase_size = 4096 << flash->shift; | 161 | flash->erase_size = 4096 << flash->shift; |
160 | } else if (params->flags & SECT_32K) { | 162 | } else if (params->flags & SECT_32K) { |
161 | flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_32K; | 163 | flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_32K; |
162 | flash->erase_size = 32768 << flash->shift; | 164 | flash->erase_size = 32768 << flash->shift; |
163 | } else { | 165 | } else { |
164 | flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_64K; | 166 | flash->erase_cmd = CMD_ERASE_64K; |
165 | flash->erase_size = flash->sector_size; | 167 | flash->erase_size = flash->sector_size; |
166 | } | 168 | } |
167 | 169 | ||
168 | /* Look for the fastest read cmd */ | 170 | /* Look for the fastest read cmd */ |
169 | cmd = fls(params->e_rd_cmd & flash->spi->op_mode_rx); | 171 | cmd = fls(params->e_rd_cmd & flash->spi->op_mode_rx); |
170 | if (cmd) { | 172 | if (cmd) { |
171 | cmd = spi_read_cmds_array[cmd - 1]; | 173 | cmd = spi_read_cmds_array[cmd - 1]; |
172 | flash->read_cmd = cmd; | 174 | flash->read_cmd = cmd; |
173 | } else { | 175 | } else { |
174 | /* Go for default supported read cmd */ | 176 | /* Go for default supported read cmd */ |
175 | flash->read_cmd = CMD_READ_ARRAY_FAST; | 177 | flash->read_cmd = CMD_READ_ARRAY_FAST; |
176 | } | 178 | } |
177 | 179 | ||
178 | /* Not require to look for fastest only two write cmds yet */ | 180 | /* Not require to look for fastest only two write cmds yet */ |
179 | if (params->flags & WR_QPP && flash->spi->op_mode_tx & SPI_OPM_TX_QPP) | 181 | if (params->flags & WR_QPP && flash->spi->op_mode_tx & SPI_OPM_TX_QPP) |
180 | flash->write_cmd = CMD_QUAD_PAGE_PROGRAM; | 182 | flash->write_cmd = CMD_QUAD_PAGE_PROGRAM; |
181 | else | 183 | else |
182 | /* Go for default supported write cmd */ | 184 | /* Go for default supported write cmd */ |
183 | flash->write_cmd = CMD_PAGE_PROGRAM; | 185 | flash->write_cmd = CMD_PAGE_PROGRAM; |
184 | 186 | ||
185 | /* Set the quad enable bit - only for quad commands */ | 187 | /* Set the quad enable bit - only for quad commands */ |
186 | if ((flash->read_cmd == CMD_READ_QUAD_OUTPUT_FAST) || | 188 | if ((flash->read_cmd == CMD_READ_QUAD_OUTPUT_FAST) || |
187 | (flash->read_cmd == CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST) || | 189 | (flash->read_cmd == CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST) || |
188 | (flash->write_cmd == CMD_QUAD_PAGE_PROGRAM)) { | 190 | (flash->write_cmd == CMD_QUAD_PAGE_PROGRAM)) { |
189 | if (spi_flash_set_qeb(flash, idcode[0])) { | 191 | if (spi_flash_set_qeb(flash, idcode[0])) { |
190 | debug("SF: Fail to set QEB for %02x\n", idcode[0]); | 192 | debug("SF: Fail to set QEB for %02x\n", idcode[0]); |
191 | return NULL; | 193 | return NULL; |
192 | } | 194 | } |
193 | } | 195 | } |
194 | 196 | ||
195 | /* Read dummy_byte: dummy byte is determined based on the | 197 | /* Read dummy_byte: dummy byte is determined based on the |
196 | * dummy cycles of a particular command. | 198 | * dummy cycles of a particular command. |
197 | * Fast commands - dummy_byte = dummy_cycles/8 | 199 | * Fast commands - dummy_byte = dummy_cycles/8 |
198 | * I/O commands- dummy_byte = (dummy_cycles * no.of lines)/8 | 200 | * I/O commands- dummy_byte = (dummy_cycles * no.of lines)/8 |
199 | * For I/O commands except cmd[0] everything goes on no.of lines | 201 | * For I/O commands except cmd[0] everything goes on no.of lines |
200 | * based on particular command but incase of fast commands except | 202 | * based on particular command but incase of fast commands except |
201 | * data all go on single line irrespective of command. | 203 | * data all go on single line irrespective of command. |
202 | */ | 204 | */ |
203 | switch (flash->read_cmd) { | 205 | switch (flash->read_cmd) { |
204 | case CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST: | 206 | case CMD_READ_QUAD_IO_FAST: |
205 | flash->dummy_byte = 2; | 207 | flash->dummy_byte = 2; |
206 | break; | 208 | break; |
207 | case CMD_READ_ARRAY_SLOW: | 209 | case CMD_READ_ARRAY_SLOW: |
208 | flash->dummy_byte = 0; | 210 | flash->dummy_byte = 0; |
209 | break; | 211 | break; |
210 | default: | 212 | default: |
211 | flash->dummy_byte = 1; | 213 | flash->dummy_byte = 1; |
212 | } | 214 | } |
213 | 215 | ||
214 | /* Poll cmd selection */ | 216 | /* Poll cmd selection */ |
215 | flash->poll_cmd = CMD_READ_STATUS; | 217 | flash->poll_cmd = CMD_READ_STATUS; |
216 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO | 218 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO |
217 | if (params->flags & E_FSR) | 219 | if (params->flags & E_FSR) |
218 | flash->poll_cmd = CMD_FLAG_STATUS; | 220 | flash->poll_cmd = CMD_FLAG_STATUS; |
219 | #endif | 221 | #endif |
220 | 222 | ||
221 | /* Configure the BAR - discover bank cmds and read current bank */ | 223 | /* Configure the BAR - discover bank cmds and read current bank */ |
222 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR | 224 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR |
223 | u8 curr_bank = 0; | 225 | u8 curr_bank = 0; |
224 | if (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN) { | 226 | if (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN) { |
225 | flash->bank_read_cmd = (idcode[0] == 0x01) ? | 227 | flash->bank_read_cmd = (idcode[0] == 0x01) ? |
226 | CMD_BANKADDR_BRRD : CMD_EXTNADDR_RDEAR; | 228 | CMD_BANKADDR_BRRD : CMD_EXTNADDR_RDEAR; |
227 | flash->bank_write_cmd = (idcode[0] == 0x01) ? | 229 | flash->bank_write_cmd = (idcode[0] == 0x01) ? |
228 | CMD_BANKADDR_BRWR : CMD_EXTNADDR_WREAR; | 230 | CMD_BANKADDR_BRWR : CMD_EXTNADDR_WREAR; |
229 | 231 | ||
230 | if (spi_flash_read_common(flash, &flash->bank_read_cmd, 1, | 232 | if (spi_flash_read_common(flash, &flash->bank_read_cmd, 1, |
231 | &curr_bank, 1)) { | 233 | &curr_bank, 1)) { |
232 | debug("SF: fail to read bank addr register\n"); | 234 | debug("SF: fail to read bank addr register\n"); |
233 | return NULL; | 235 | return NULL; |
234 | } | 236 | } |
235 | flash->bank_curr = curr_bank; | 237 | flash->bank_curr = curr_bank; |
236 | } else { | 238 | } else { |
237 | flash->bank_curr = curr_bank; | 239 | flash->bank_curr = curr_bank; |
238 | } | 240 | } |
239 | #endif | 241 | #endif |
240 | 242 | ||
241 | /* Flash powers up read-only, so clear BP# bits */ | 243 | /* Flash powers up read-only, so clear BP# bits */ |
242 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ATMEL) || \ | 244 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ATMEL) || \ |
243 | defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX) || \ | 245 | defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MACRONIX) || \ |
244 | defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST) | 246 | defined(CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST) |
245 | spi_flash_cmd_write_status(flash, 0); | 247 | spi_flash_cmd_write_status(flash, 0); |
246 | #endif | 248 | #endif |
247 | 249 | ||
248 | return flash; | 250 | return flash; |
249 | } | 251 | } |
250 | 252 | ||
251 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 253 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
252 | int spi_flash_decode_fdt(const void *blob, struct spi_flash *flash) | 254 | int spi_flash_decode_fdt(const void *blob, struct spi_flash *flash) |
253 | { | 255 | { |
254 | fdt_addr_t addr; | 256 | fdt_addr_t addr; |
255 | fdt_size_t size; | 257 | fdt_size_t size; |
256 | int node; | 258 | int node; |
257 | 259 | ||
258 | /* If there is no node, do nothing */ | 260 | /* If there is no node, do nothing */ |
259 | node = fdtdec_next_compatible(blob, 0, COMPAT_GENERIC_SPI_FLASH); | 261 | node = fdtdec_next_compatible(blob, 0, COMPAT_GENERIC_SPI_FLASH); |
260 | if (node < 0) | 262 | if (node < 0) |
261 | return 0; | 263 | return 0; |
262 | 264 | ||
263 | addr = fdtdec_get_addr_size(blob, node, "memory-map", &size); | 265 | addr = fdtdec_get_addr_size(blob, node, "memory-map", &size); |
264 | if (addr == FDT_ADDR_T_NONE) { | 266 | if (addr == FDT_ADDR_T_NONE) { |
265 | debug("%s: Cannot decode address\n", __func__); | 267 | debug("%s: Cannot decode address\n", __func__); |
266 | return 0; | 268 | return 0; |
267 | } | 269 | } |
268 | 270 | ||
269 | if (flash->size != size) { | 271 | if (flash->size != size) { |
270 | debug("%s: Memory map must cover entire device\n", __func__); | 272 | debug("%s: Memory map must cover entire device\n", __func__); |
271 | return -1; | 273 | return -1; |
272 | } | 274 | } |
273 | flash->memory_map = map_sysmem(addr, size); | 275 | flash->memory_map = map_sysmem(addr, size); |
274 | 276 | ||
275 | return 0; | 277 | return 0; |
276 | } | 278 | } |
277 | #endif /* CONFIG_OF_CONTROL */ | 279 | #endif /* CONFIG_OF_CONTROL */ |
278 | 280 | ||
279 | static struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe_slave(struct spi_slave *spi) | 281 | static struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe_slave(struct spi_slave *spi) |
280 | { | 282 | { |
281 | struct spi_flash *flash = NULL; | 283 | struct spi_flash *flash = NULL; |
282 | u8 idcode[5]; | 284 | u8 idcode[5]; |
283 | int ret; | 285 | int ret; |
284 | 286 | ||
285 | /* Setup spi_slave */ | 287 | /* Setup spi_slave */ |
286 | if (!spi) { | 288 | if (!spi) { |
287 | printf("SF: Failed to set up slave\n"); | 289 | printf("SF: Failed to set up slave\n"); |
288 | return NULL; | 290 | return NULL; |
289 | } | 291 | } |
290 | 292 | ||
291 | /* Claim spi bus */ | 293 | /* Claim spi bus */ |
292 | ret = spi_claim_bus(spi); | 294 | ret = spi_claim_bus(spi); |
293 | if (ret) { | 295 | if (ret) { |
294 | debug("SF: Failed to claim SPI bus: %d\n", ret); | 296 | debug("SF: Failed to claim SPI bus: %d\n", ret); |
295 | goto err_claim_bus; | 297 | goto err_claim_bus; |
296 | } | 298 | } |
297 | 299 | ||
298 | /* Read the ID codes */ | 300 | /* Read the ID codes */ |
299 | ret = spi_flash_cmd(spi, CMD_READ_ID, idcode, sizeof(idcode)); | 301 | ret = spi_flash_cmd(spi, CMD_READ_ID, idcode, sizeof(idcode)); |
300 | if (ret) { | 302 | if (ret) { |
301 | printf("SF: Failed to get idcodes\n"); | 303 | printf("SF: Failed to get idcodes\n"); |
302 | goto err_read_id; | 304 | goto err_read_id; |
303 | } | 305 | } |
304 | 306 | ||
305 | #ifdef DEBUG | 307 | #ifdef DEBUG |
306 | printf("SF: Got idcodes\n"); | 308 | printf("SF: Got idcodes\n"); |
307 | print_buffer(0, idcode, 1, sizeof(idcode), 0); | 309 | print_buffer(0, idcode, 1, sizeof(idcode), 0); |
308 | #endif | 310 | #endif |
309 | 311 | ||
310 | /* Validate params from spi_flash_params table */ | 312 | /* Validate params from spi_flash_params table */ |
311 | flash = spi_flash_validate_params(spi, idcode); | 313 | flash = spi_flash_validate_params(spi, idcode); |
312 | if (!flash) | 314 | if (!flash) |
313 | goto err_read_id; | 315 | goto err_read_id; |
314 | 316 | ||
315 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 317 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
316 | if (spi_flash_decode_fdt(gd->fdt_blob, flash)) { | 318 | if (spi_flash_decode_fdt(gd->fdt_blob, flash)) { |
317 | debug("SF: FDT decode error\n"); | 319 | debug("SF: FDT decode error\n"); |
318 | goto err_read_id; | 320 | goto err_read_id; |
319 | } | 321 | } |
320 | #endif | 322 | #endif |
321 | #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 323 | #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
322 | printf("SF: Detected %s with page size ", flash->name); | 324 | printf("SF: Detected %s with page size ", flash->name); |
323 | print_size(flash->page_size, ", erase size "); | 325 | print_size(flash->page_size, ", erase size "); |
324 | print_size(flash->erase_size, ", total "); | 326 | print_size(flash->erase_size, ", total "); |
325 | print_size(flash->size, ""); | 327 | print_size(flash->size, ""); |
326 | if (flash->memory_map) | 328 | if (flash->memory_map) |
327 | printf(", mapped at %p", flash->memory_map); | 329 | printf(", mapped at %p", flash->memory_map); |
328 | puts("\n"); | 330 | puts("\n"); |
329 | #endif | 331 | #endif |
330 | #ifndef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR | 332 | #ifndef CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR |
331 | if (((flash->dual_flash == SF_SINGLE_FLASH) && | 333 | if (((flash->dual_flash == SF_SINGLE_FLASH) && |
332 | (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN)) || | 334 | (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN)) || |
333 | ((flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) && | 335 | ((flash->dual_flash > SF_SINGLE_FLASH) && |
334 | (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << 1))) { | 336 | (flash->size > SPI_FLASH_16MB_BOUN << 1))) { |
335 | puts("SF: Warning - Only lower 16MiB accessible,"); | 337 | puts("SF: Warning - Only lower 16MiB accessible,"); |
336 | puts(" Full access #define CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR\n"); | 338 | puts(" Full access #define CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR\n"); |
337 | } | 339 | } |
338 | #endif | 340 | #endif |
339 | 341 | ||
340 | /* Release spi bus */ | 342 | /* Release spi bus */ |
341 | spi_release_bus(spi); | 343 | spi_release_bus(spi); |
342 | 344 | ||
343 | return flash; | 345 | return flash; |
344 | 346 | ||
345 | err_read_id: | 347 | err_read_id: |
346 | spi_release_bus(spi); | 348 | spi_release_bus(spi); |
347 | err_claim_bus: | 349 | err_claim_bus: |
348 | spi_free_slave(spi); | 350 | spi_free_slave(spi); |
349 | return NULL; | 351 | return NULL; |
350 | } | 352 | } |
351 | 353 | ||
352 | struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe(unsigned int bus, unsigned int cs, | 354 | struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe(unsigned int bus, unsigned int cs, |
353 | unsigned int max_hz, unsigned int spi_mode) | 355 | unsigned int max_hz, unsigned int spi_mode) |
354 | { | 356 | { |
355 | struct spi_slave *spi; | 357 | struct spi_slave *spi; |
356 | 358 | ||
357 | spi = spi_setup_slave(bus, cs, max_hz, spi_mode); | 359 | spi = spi_setup_slave(bus, cs, max_hz, spi_mode); |
358 | return spi_flash_probe_slave(spi); | 360 | return spi_flash_probe_slave(spi); |
359 | } | 361 | } |
360 | 362 | ||
361 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_SPI_FLASH | 363 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_SPI_FLASH |
362 | struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe_fdt(const void *blob, int slave_node, | 364 | struct spi_flash *spi_flash_probe_fdt(const void *blob, int slave_node, |
363 | int spi_node) | 365 | int spi_node) |
364 | { | 366 | { |
365 | struct spi_slave *spi; | 367 | struct spi_slave *spi; |
366 | 368 | ||
367 | spi = spi_setup_slave_fdt(blob, slave_node, spi_node); | 369 | spi = spi_setup_slave_fdt(blob, slave_node, spi_node); |
368 | return spi_flash_probe_slave(spi); | 370 | return spi_flash_probe_slave(spi); |
369 | } | 371 | } |
370 | #endif | 372 | #endif |
371 | 373 | ||
372 | void spi_flash_free(struct spi_flash *flash) | 374 | void spi_flash_free(struct spi_flash *flash) |
373 | { | 375 | { |
374 | spi_free_slave(flash->spi); | 376 | spi_free_slave(flash->spi); |
375 | free(flash); | 377 | free(flash); |
376 | } | 378 | } |
377 | 379 |